Mineral Land 
 Surveying 
 
 JAMF.S UNDERHILJ l
 
 L Mineral Land 
 Surveying 
 
 A technical treatise on the surveying and patenting 
 
 of mineral land, designed for the use of Deputy 
 
 Mineral Surveyors and Students 
 
 of Mining Engineering, with an 
 
 appendix of contributed 
 
 notes of interest. 
 
 JAMES UNDERBILL, P H . D. 
 
 MINING ENGINEER. 
 U.S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor for Colorado. 
 
 1906 
 THE MINING REPORTER PUBLISHING COMPANY 
 
 DENVER, COLORADO, U. 8. A.
 
 COPYRIGHT 1906 BY 
 
 THE ;MINING REPORTER PUBLISHING COMPANY 
 DENVER, COLORADO
 
 The accompanying plate is reproduced for the purpose 
 of showing the tangled state of affairs that the Deputy 
 United States Mineral Surveyor is sometimes concerned 
 with. The plate represents an actual case in the patenting 
 of a claim and shows numerous conflicts.
 
 Table of Contents. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 DIRECT SOLAR OBSERVATIONS. 
 Placing the Sun Derivation of Formula Examples 
 of Observations and Figuring Latitude Observa- 
 tions Errors in Observations of Latitude Sec- 
 ond Formula 1-18 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 SOLAR ATTACHMENTS. 
 The Shattuck Solar The Burt Solar The Berger 
 
 and Saegmuller Solars 19-41 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 MEASUREMENTS. 
 
 Traversing Measuring Stations Slope Measure- 
 ments Obstacles Closing Lines in Traversing 
 Rule for Azimuth 42-51 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 LOCATION SURVEYS. 
 
 Lode Locations Note Book Location Certificate 
 Angular Claims Relocation and Amended Loca- 
 tion Mill Sites and Placers Double Meridian 
 Distances Tunnel Sites Legal Subdivisions 
 Tracing Vein Extensions 52-35 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 PATENT SURVEYS. 
 
 Surveying for Patent Angles from Courses Patent 
 Figuring Area Statement Miscellaneous on Pat- 
 ents Adverses and Protests 86-123 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 PATENT FIELD NOTES. 
 
 Patent Field Notes... ...124-158
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 LAND OFFICE AND RECORDS. 
 Office United States Surveyor General Land Office 
 
 Regulations Public and Private Records 159-187 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 EXAMINATION FOR COMMISSION UNITED STATES DEP- 
 UTY MINERAL, SURVEYOR. 
 
 Placer Calculations Lode' Line Calculation Subdivi- 
 sion of Section Examination Questions, South 
 Dakota, California, Oregon 188-204 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Correspondence The Patenting of Mineral Lands. . .205-218
 
 Acknowledgements 
 
 This reprint edition of "MINERAL LAND SURVEYING" was 
 printed from a copy of the book loaned by F. D. Uzes, author 
 of surveying literature, historian, and Land Surveyor. 
 
 Printing and advice was provided by Jan Maschino at Edwards 
 Brothers, Inc., 2500 South State Street, Ann Arbor, MI 48106. 
 
 Published by Landmark Enterprises, 10324 Newton Way, 
 Rancho Cordova, CA 95670.
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 IN the work which follows an attempt has been 
 made to describe the methods used at the pres- 
 ent time in the survey of mineral lands in the 
 western portion of the United States. Only as much of 
 general surveying has been given as is necessary to a 
 clear understanding of the subject, and the reader is re- 
 ferred to the various text books on surveying for all in- 
 formation of a general nature. The reader is also re- 
 ferred to Morrison's Mining Rights for the treatment of 
 the purely legal points. 
 
 It will be impossible to give credit to all those who 
 have assisted the writer either during the period when the 
 work was appearing as a serial in Mining Reporter, or in 
 its final incorporation in book form. To all those who 
 have assisted, the writer wishes to express his heartfelt 
 thanks, and especially to Professors L. E. Young, E. M., 
 and A. J. Hoskin, Mech. E. of the Colorado School of 
 Mines; Professor Mark Ehle, E. M., of the South Dakota 
 School of Mines; N. H. Brown, E. M., U. S. Deputy Mineral 
 Surveyor, formerly Chief of the Mineral Division, and M. E. 
 Blake, the present Chief of the Mineral Division, Of- 
 fice U. S. Surveyor General for Colorado. The writer is 
 also indebted to H. G. Moulton, E. M., and P. P. Barbour, 
 E. M., U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyors, for many valuable 
 suggestions, and to William Hyland for assistance in the 
 calculations. 
 
 The writer in conclusion cannot acknowledge too 
 strongly the assistance of his wife, which has been 
 invaluable to him.
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Direct Solar Observation. 
 
 Of the applications of plane surveying to the survey 
 of mineral lands, no one is more representative or has been 
 more greatly perfected in the West than the use of the sun 
 to determine the bearing of a given line. For many years 
 bearings were determined by the use of various solar 
 attachments but of late years the method known as the 
 direct observation seems to have almost entirely taken 
 their place. While with great care any one of the several 
 solar attachments on the market will give fair or even 
 good results, they are all relatively expensive, fragile and 
 with one exception, easily thrown out of adjustment. With 
 the method known as the direct observation no attachment 
 is needed to the ordinary transit provided with a vertical 
 arc or circle, preferably the latter, and no adjustment has 
 to be considered other than those necessary to use in 
 every transit in mineral land surveying. 
 
 As the exact determination of the bearings of lines is 
 probably more important in mineral land surveying than 
 in perhaps any other branch of engineering, disregarding 
 of course geodetic work, it will be taken up in detail. 
 
 To determine the bearing of a line by direct observation, 
 the transit is set up as solidly as possible and carefully 
 levelled. The line whose bearing is to be determined may 
 be considered and the upper plate set at 0, or if the 
 bearing is approximately known, the upper plate may be 
 set at the assumed bearing to be afterwards corrected. 
 If more convenient, the assumed bearing of a line to some 
 prominent object may be taken, and the first course 
 required on the survey deflected from this line. The upper 
 plate is then loosened and the telescope pointed at the
 
 2 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 sun. The sun may be observed in various ways, for exam- 
 ple through a colored glass placed over the eye-piece ta 
 which may be added a prism when the sun is very high. 
 This colored glass may be very conveniently placed in the 
 sliding cover of the eye-piece and is thus always ready for 
 use. As this method involves the attachment of the col- 
 ored glass, and also when the sun is high some personal 
 discomfort as regards the position of the head, a card, 
 sheet of paper, or better the brown back of a note-book, 
 which latter does away with the glare on a white surface, 
 may be used. On this surface, preferably held by the 
 assistant, the cross wires are first focused and finally 
 the sun is brought into the proper position, by the aid of 
 the tangent screws. 
 
 A Davis screen is a piece of apparatus attached to the 
 telescope to answer the same purpose as the card men- 
 tioned above, and its use leaves both hands free to manipu- 
 late the instrument. Otherwise it is of no great advan- 
 tage. 
 
 In regard to placing the sun with reference to cross 
 wires, there are many opinions. In most treatises we are 
 instructed not to bisect the sun as in Fig. 1A, but to place 
 it in one quadrant, as in Fig. IB, as it can thus be observed 
 more accurately. While this is perfectly true, especially 
 with inverting instruments, a correction for semi-diameter 
 of the sun must be made, and the operation is liable to be 
 somewhat confusing to the beginner. The student is 
 therefore advised at first to divide the sun into quadrants 
 by the two cross hairs (Fig. 1A) leaving the method of 
 placing the cross hairs tangent until proficiency is se- 
 cured. As an error of one minute in placing the vertical 
 cross wire causes an error of one minute in the resulting 
 azimuth, while an error of one minute in placing the hori- 
 zontal wire causes an error of several minutes in the re- 
 sult, it might be well to place the sun as in Fig. 1C. The 
 reason for this will readily be seen on examining the ex-
 
 MINERAL. LAND SURVEYING. 3 
 
 amples which follow. The sun in very accurate work is 
 sometimes placed in a rectangle or other arrangement of 
 cross wires, but in ordinary work these are unnecessary 
 refinements. 
 
 Fig. 1 A. 
 
 Fig. 1 B. 
 
 Fig. 1 C. 
 
 Fig. 1 D. 
 
 Another very exact method of placing the sun in the 
 direct observation is to place the sun tangent to the cross 
 wires first in the N. E. corner with the telescope normal 
 and then in the S. W. corner with the telescope inverted. 
 These are the best positions in the morning. In the after- 
 noon the other two quadrants had best be used in order 
 that the sun may be moving in the same direction with 
 reference to the cross wires. The average of the two ver- 
 tical and two horizontal angles are used in each case in 
 the subsequent calculations and in this way all considera- 
 tion of the semi-diameter of the sun is avoided. At least 
 two sets of such observations must be made, otherwise 
 there is no check. 
 
 In an instrument provided with stadia wires care must 
 be taken not to confuse these with the horizontal cross.
 
 4 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 wire. It is also well, not to assume, without a trial, that 
 the stadia wires are each equally distant from the horizon- 
 tal cross wire. 
 
 If the stadia wires are correctly placed they should be 
 34' 22" apart, and each 17' 11" from the center horizon- 
 tal wire. As the sun's semi-diameter varies round 16' 
 the stadia wires may be used with advantage to place the 
 sun with a very slight probable error. (Fig. 1 D.) 
 
 We will assume that the sun has been bisected. The 
 vertical and horizontal circles are then read and noted and 
 an observation made with the telescope inverted, assuming 
 that the first observation was made with the telescope 
 normal. By averaging the two results all errors of ad- 
 justment or in levelling the instrument are obviated. As a 
 check a number of observations may be made on the sun, 
 and the writer finds that two each with normal and inverted 
 telescope are sufficient. The observations should not be 
 made within two hours on each side of noon, nor when the 
 sun is too near the horizon, as the correction for refrac- 
 tion is then too great. 
 
 The direct solar observation depends on the solution of 
 a spherical triangle (see Fig. 2*) whose sides are all 
 known, and whose angle between two planes is desired. 
 These planes, as can be seen from the figure, are one, 
 observer, zenith, pole; and the other, observer, zenith, sun. 
 In our work we have first the latitude, distance pole to 
 horizon or zenith to equator, and therefore the co-latitude 
 (90 latitude) for one side, or in other words we have from 
 pole to zenith; we have the declination, distance of the 
 sun above or below the equator and therefore the co- 
 declination (90 declination) that is from pole to sun, and 
 we finally get the altitude and thence the co-altitude (90 
 
 *Redrawn from the Bulletin, Colorado School of Mines, 
 January, 1901, "Determination of the Meridian by the Direct 
 Solar Observation." Edward P. Arthur, Jr., E. M.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 5 
 
 the altitude) by the solar observation with the transit as 
 described above. In Fig. 2 the sun is shown by solid lines 
 north of the equator and by dotted lines south of the 
 equator. This also showing its position before noon. This 
 triangle may be solved by any one of the various formulas 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 found in every treatise on spherical trigonometry. 
 
 The best formula, however, for the direct observation 
 is that derived by John G. McElroy, of Breckenridge, Colo-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 rado, and given in the Michigan Engineer's Annual for 
 1889, page 62, as follows: 
 
 sin d 
 
 "Cos Z= 
 
 cos 1 <;os a 
 
 =F tan 1 tan a, 
 
 which is simply a modification of one of the fundamental 
 equations of spherical trigonometry. 
 
 Before illustrating the utility of the formula and the 
 facility with which it may be logarithmically reduced, it 
 will be proper, for the sake of completion, to give the ar- 
 gument on which it rests. To this end let P Z S, Fig. 3, 
 be a spherical triangle, and K an arc of a great circle drawn 
 from Z perpendicular to P S, (or to P S produced). 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 Then from the triangle P Z D f 
 
 COB s = cos k cos (z x) : 
 and from the triangle S Z D, 
 
 cos p = cos k cos x 
 
 Eliminating cos k, we find 
 
 COS B COS (Z X) 
 
 cos z + sin z tan x. 
 
 (D 
 (2) 
 
 (S) 
 
 COS p 
 
 COS X
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 But, from S Z D, cos S = tan x cot p; 
 
 sin p 
 
 whence, tan x = cos S. 
 
 cos p 
 
 Placing this in (3) there results 
 
 cos s sin p sin z 
 
 = cos z + cos S; 
 
 coe p cos p 
 
 (4) 
 
 (5) 
 
 or, cos s = cos p cos z + sin p sin z cos S 
 
 This is the above mentioned 'fundamental equation.' 
 
 It asserts that the cosine of either side of a spherical
 
 8 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 triangle equals the product of the cosines of the other 
 sides, plus the product of the sines of those sides into the 
 cosine of their included angle. To apply it to the deriva- 
 tion of our solar formula let us consider Pig. 4, which rep- 
 resents the four astronomical triangles, PZS, PZS', P'Z'S, 
 and P'Z'S', projected on the plane of the meridian PNHZ. 
 In a. m. observations the azimuth angles at Z or Z' will 
 be estimated from the north to the right; in p.m. observa- 
 tions from the north to the left. 
 We adopt the following notation: 
 
 PP' = axis of the celestial sphere. 
 
 P =the celestial north pole. 
 
 P' the celestial south pole. 
 EQ = the celestial equator. 
 HO = the celestial horizon of which the poles are Z 
 
 and N. (Note. The horizon of which Z' and N' are the 
 poles is not shown in the Fig.; it would be projected as a 
 diameter perpendicular to Z' N'.) 
 
 Z and N = zenith and nadir of an observer in north 
 latitude. Z' and N' = zenith and nadir of an observer in. 
 south latitude. 
 
 EZ = 1 observer's latitude when at Z. 
 EZ' = 1 = observer's latitude when at Z'. 
 S = the sun when north of the equator. 
 S' = the sun when south of the equator. 
 VS = d = the sun's declination when north. 
 VS' = d = the sun's declination when south. 
 PS = the sun's north polar distance when north. 
 PS' = the sun's north polar distance when south. 
 MS = a = the sun's altitude when north. 
 M'S'= a = the sun's altitude when south. 
 pp' = the sun's daily path when north. 
 Pjp 2 = the sun's daily path when south. 
 
 It will be sufficient to consider the particular case of an 
 observer in north latitude, and the sun in north declina- 
 tion (whence d and 1 are positive; a is always positive), and 
 then make our results general by properly observing the 
 signs of d and 1.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 9 
 
 The case assumed is illustrated by the triangle PZS 
 (Fig. 4), in which 
 
 PS = 90 VS = 90 a, 
 PZ = 90 EZ = 90 1, 
 SZ = 90 MS = 90 a, 
 
 and the sun's azimuth angle PZS is required. It is found 
 thus: By applying the principle of which equation (5) 
 is the enunciation to the angle PZS, we have 
 
 Cos PS = Cos PZ. Cos SZ + Sin PZ. Sin SZ. Cos Z; 
 or, Cos (90" d) = Cos (90 1) Cos (90 a) 
 
 + Sin (90 1) Sin (90 a) Cos Z, 
 whence, Sin d = Sin 1 Sin a + Cos 1 Cos a Cos Z 
 
 sin d 
 
 From this, cos Z = tan 1 tan a. (6) 
 
 cos 1 cos a 
 
 In (6) cos 1, cos a, and tan a, are always positive, but 
 sin d and tan 1 will respectively have the signs of d and 1; 
 hence to prevent mistakes it is advisable to write the ex- 
 pression in the form 
 
 sin d 
 
 cos Z = + =P tan 1 tan a, (7) 
 
 cos 1 cos a 
 
 which is the desired solar formula. 
 
 With respect to the signs of the formula the surveyor 
 has simply to remember that the finst term of the second 
 member is 
 
 + for north declinations, 
 
 for south declinations, 
 
 and that the second term is 
 
 for north latitudes, 
 -f for south latitudes. 
 
 For north latitudes the formula always gives negative- 
 values for cc:" Z when the declination is south, and also
 
 10 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 for such north declinations and values of a as render 
 sin d less than sin 1 sin a; but when cos Z is negative, Z is 
 greater than 90, and hence the positive value of the cosine, 
 as taken from the table of 'Naturals' is the cosine of 
 (180 Z), (i.e., of EZS, the azimuth from the south) for 
 cos Z = cos (180 Z)." 
 
 As an example we will take the following series of di- 
 rect observations on the eun, the first two with telescope 
 normal, the last two with telescope inverted:
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 11 
 
 Angle to right from line to be determined. 
 
 Altitude of sun. 
 
 233 16' (See Fig. 5) 
 233 33' 
 234 01' 
 234 17' 
 
 52' 61' 
 53 03' 
 53 18' 
 53 29' 
 
 July 22, 1905, 10 a. m., latitude 39 47' north. 
 
 Dec. Greenwich apparent noon. . .20 22' 18.1" 
 Less 5 hours west 2' 27.0" 
 
 20 19' 51.1" 
 
 Difference for 1 hour = 29.45 
 5 
 
 60 ( 147.25 
 
 Difference for 5 hours == 2' 27" 
 Call 20 19' 51" = 20 20' 
 
 sin 20 20' 
 Cos azimuth = : tan 39 47' 
 
 cos 39 47'. cos 52 50* etc. [tan 52 50* etc. 
 
 log sin 20 20' = 9.540931 
 log cos 39 47' = 9.885627 
 
 9.655304 
 
 9.655304 
 log cos 52 50' = 9.781134 
 
 log .7485 = 9.874170 
 
 *Corrected for refraction always diminished.
 
 12 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log tan 39 47' = 9.920476 
 log tan 52 50' =-10.120259 
 
 log 1.0984 = 0.040735 
 
 .7485 
 
 .3499 = nat. cos. 69 31' (course of eun) 
 233 16' 
 
 302 47' 
 9.655304 
 log cos 53 2' = 9.779128 
 
 log .7519 = 9.876178 
 
 log tan 39 47' = 9.920476 
 log tan 53 2' =10.123411 
 
 log 1.1066 = 0.043887 
 .7519 
 
 .3547 = nat. cos. 69 14' (course of sun) 
 233 4 33' 
 
 302 47' 
 
 360 00' 
 302 47' 
 
 S 57 13' W (See Fig. 5.) 
 
 9.655304 
 log cos 53 17' = 9.776598 
 
 log .7564 = 9.878706 
 
 log tan 39' 47' = 9.920476 
 log tan 53 17' =10.127360 
 
 log 1.1163 = 0.047836 
 .7564 
 
 .3599 = nat. cos. 68 54' 
 234 31' 
 
 302 55'
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 13 
 
 9.655304 
 
 log cos 53' 28' = 9.774729 
 
 log .7596 = 9.880575 
 
 log tan 39 47' = 9.920476 
 log tan 53 28' =10.130263 
 
 log 1.1239 = 0.050739 
 
 .7596 
 
 .3643 = nat. cos. 68 38' 
 234 17' 
 
 302 ^5' 
 
 13' 
 13' 
 
 05' 360 00' 
 
 05' 302 55' 
 
 4 ( 36' S. 57 5' W. 
 
 Average course of line S. 57 9' W. 
 
 It will be seen that the cos and tan of the latitude and 
 altitude, respectively, are found on the same line in the 
 tables and are set down at the same time for calculation. 
 
 The sun's semi-diameter varies from about 16' 15" on 
 January 1st to 15' 45" on July 2d and is found in the Ephe- 
 meris. The average, 16' nearly, will do for ordinary work. 
 
 The refraction, always subtracted from the apparent 
 altitude, is 57" x tan zenith distance of sun or by table.
 
 14 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Mean Refraction (to be Subtracted from Observed Alt! 
 
 tude) Barometer 30 inches; Thermometer 
 
 50 Fahrenheit. 
 
 Altitude. Refraction. Altitude. Refraction. 
 
 10 5'19" 20 2'39" 
 
 11 451 25 204 
 
 12 427 30 141 
 
 13 407 35 123 
 
 14 349 40 109 
 
 15 334 45 58 
 
 16 320 50 49 
 
 17 308 60 34 
 
 18 257 70 21 
 
 19 248 80 10 
 
 The declination is taken from any ephemeris such as is 
 published by many instrument makers. At Denver we are 
 seven hours later in apparent time than Greenwich, one 
 hour for each 15 of longitude, and this difference in time 
 multiplied by the hourly difference given in the ephemeris 
 is added or subtracted, as the declination is increasing or 
 decreasing, to or from the declination given for Greenwich 
 noon. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 The latitude is taken from any good map, such as those 
 of the United States Geological Survey, and carried from 
 the initial point when necessary. One minute of latitude 
 equate 6,070 feet, or one mile equals 52 seconds of latitude. 
 A surveyor doing considerable work in one district will 
 prepare a table showing cosines and tangents for latitudes 
 likely to be of use, and thus avoid looking them up in a 
 large table every time an observation is figured. 
 
 When the latitude is known approximately observations 
 may be taken at equal intervals before and after appar- 
 ent noon, and various figures for latitude tried till one is 
 found which givee the same azimuth in the morning as in 
 the afternoon. When the latitude is absolutely unknown, it 
 may be found as follows: Set up the instrument in plenty
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 15 
 
 of time before apparent noon. Bisect the sun with ver- 
 tical cross wire and either bisect it with horizontal cross 
 wire, or place tangent. Follow the sun till it ceases to 
 rise. Care must be taken in the observation to allow 
 plenty of space through which the tangent screws may be 
 moved, otherwise they are liable to give out at a critical 
 
 
 
 moment. As the instrument can not be reversed as in the 
 case of the direct sight, it is well to level the telescope im- 
 mediately after the observation and note the index error 
 adding or subtracting it for the angle observed. In instru- 
 ments with a movable arc, the arc had best be set at zero 
 immediately after getting the sun. The telescope te then 
 levelled and the angle read, thus avoiding errors incidental 
 to settling of the instrument during a long observation. 
 When the observer is north of the equator the latitude
 
 16 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 then equals the zenith distance plus the declination for ap- 
 parent noon. Lat. = (90 altitude*) + declination, when 
 the sun is north of the equator, and Lat. (90 alti- 
 tude*) declination, when the sun is south of the equator. 
 
 When the observer is south of the equator the above is 
 reversed. 
 
 In Fig. 6, which represents a section of the celestial 
 sphere on the meridian, we have ZN Zenith to Nadir line, 
 PP' line joining the poles. QQ the equator and HH' the 
 horizon. While S and S' shows the position of the sun, 
 Z and Z' the zenith distance, a and a' the altitude and d 
 and d' the declinations, respectively, when the sun is south 
 or north of the equator and the observer in north latitude. 
 Example: October 20, 1905; 12 m.; Longitude 105 30'+W. 
 
 Altitude sun's upper limb =40 15' 
 Less refraction = 1' 
 
 Less semi diameter = 1C' 
 
 Altitude sun's center =39 58' 
 
 Declination Greenwich A. T. = 10 11' 50" 
 Diff . 1 hr. = 54.01. Diff . 7 hrs. = 6' 30" 
 
 Declin. Longitude 105 30'+W. = 10 18' 20" 
 Altitude sun's center =39 58' 
 
 50 16' 20" 
 90 00' 00" 
 50 1G' 20" 
 
 Latitude place of observation = 39 43' 40" 
 
 By inspection of the following t?ble errors resulting from 
 the use of erroneous data for declination or latitude may 
 be found. 
 
 "(Corrected for refraction).
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 17 
 
 Errors in Azimuth for 1 Min. Error in Declination or 
 Latitude. 
 
 No. or Hrs. For 1 Min. Error in 
 
 Forl 
 
 Min. Error in 
 
 from 
 
 , Declination. , , 
 
 Latitude 
 
 \ 
 
 Noon. 
 
 Lat. 30' 
 
 Lat. 40 
 
 Lat. 50 
 
 Lat. 30 
 
 Lat. 40 
 
 Lat 50 
 
 h m 
 
 Min. 
 
 Min. 
 
 Min. 
 
 Min. 
 
 Min. 
 
 Min. 
 
 30 .. 
 
 . . 8.85 
 
 10.00 
 
 12.90 
 
 8.77 
 
 9.92 
 
 11.80 
 
 1 00 .. 
 
 . . 4.46 
 
 5.05 
 
 6.01 
 
 4.33 
 
 4.87 
 
 5.80 
 
 2 00 .. 
 
 . . 2.31 
 
 2.61 
 
 3.11 
 
 2.00 
 
 2.26 
 
 2.70 
 
 3 00 .. 
 
 . . 1.63 
 
 1.85 
 
 2.20 
 
 1.15 
 
 1.30 
 
 1.56 
 
 4 00 .. 
 
 . . 1.34 
 
 1.51 
 
 1.80 
 
 0.67 
 
 0.75 
 
 0.90 
 
 5 00 .. 
 
 . . 1.20 
 
 1.35 
 
 1.61 
 
 0.31 
 
 0.35 
 
 0.37 
 
 6 00 .. 
 
 . . 1.15 
 
 1.30 
 
 1.56 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 By the use of the above table the amount of the azimuth 
 error, resulting from the use of erroneous Declination or 
 Latitude at the different hours of the day, may be deter- 
 mined. 
 
 If the South Polar Distance used be too great, the ob- 
 served meridian falls to the right of the true South Point 
 in the forenoon, and to the left in the afternoon, and vice 
 versa if too small. 
 
 If the Latitude used be too great, the observed meridian 
 falls to the left of the true South Point in the forenoon, and 
 to the right in the afternoon, and vice versa if too small. 
 
 Another formula for direct sight, though not so con- 
 venient when many observations are to be worked out, but 
 still useful as a check, is as follows: 
 
 Sin % A = V sin (S - L) sin (S - h) 
 
 cos L cos h 
 
 A - Azimuth of the sun. 
 L = Latitude of the place.
 
 18 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 h Altitude of sun less refraction. 
 
 p == Sun's polar distance = 90 + sun's declination when it 
 is south and 90 - the sun's declination when it is 
 north. 
 Example: 
 
 L= 40 30' 
 h = 23 05' 
 p = 107 03' 
 
 170' 38* -s- 2 = 85 19' = S. 
 
 S L-44M9' S h = 6214' 
 log sin 44 49' = 9.848091 
 
 log sin 62 14' = 9.946871 
 
 log 10 cos 40 30' 0.118954 
 log 10 cos 23 05' ( 0.036243 
 
 2)19.950159 
 
 log sin % A= 9.975079 
 
 %A= 70 46' 
 
 A= 141 32' 
 
 180 141 32' = S 38 28' E Course of observed sun. 
 
 As A is here doubled all errors to this point are there- 
 fore doubled.
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 The Shattuck Solar Attachment. 
 
 Fig. 7 is a sectional view in the plane of the Shattuck 
 Patent Double Reflecting Solar Attachment, perpendicular 
 to both reflectors and the pivot of the arm D. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 The frame AA, which carries the stationary mirror H, 
 revolves about a main axis called the polar axis, coincident 
 with the line of collimation, by means of a bearing in the 
 cap B, and is held in place by two screws and a spring 
 washer. It is provided with a clamp ring C, which may be 
 clamped to the cap B by means of a clamp screw. A slow 
 motion is obtained by means of a tangent screw and spring 
 plunger (not shown) at the base of the frame AA.
 
 20 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 D is a swinging arm pivoted in the frame AA as shown, 
 and provided with a coiled spring which keeps the adjust- 
 ing screw E- constantly in contact with the surface of the 
 lug on the outer end of the frame. This swinging arm car- 
 ries the movable mirror I, the adjusting screw E for set- 
 ting off the declination, the differential nut F for setting 
 off the hourly change in declination and the clamp G for 
 clamping the screw E when turning the nut F. 
 
 The ray of light from the sun or star enters from above, 
 as indicated by the arrow, impinges upon the mirror I. is 
 thence reflected to the mirror H, thence through the open- 
 ing in the base of the frame AA, and through the object 
 glass to the cross-hairs of the transit. 
 
 The sun's declination, corrected for refraction, is set off 
 by means of the screw E with the aid of the limb of the 
 transit, as will be explained later. The hourly change in 
 the sun's declination between the first and subsequent 
 readings during the day is corrected ^y means of the gradu- 
 ated differential nut F, each division of which represents 
 one minute of arc and is turned to the right or left accord- 
 ing as the declination is increasing to the north or to the 
 south. 
 
 The cap B is fitted to the objective end of the transit. 
 
 The sun in its apparent diurnal motion about the 
 polar axis follows a path parallel to the celestial 
 equator at a certain angular distance from the poles. 
 When this angle is set off by means of the solar 
 attachment and the sight-line of the telescope is set at an 
 angle with the horizon equal to the latitude of the place, it 
 is evident that it is impossible to view the sun on the 
 cross-wires and follow it by turning the attachment on its 
 axis except the instrument be in the plane of the meridian 
 with the sight-line parallel to the polar axis.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 21 
 
 Determination of Meridian 1 . 
 
 To Determine the Meridian with the Shattuck Patent 
 Double Reflecting Solar Attachment, assuming the sun's 
 corrected declination for the day and hour of observation 
 to be North 11 26': 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 First. Sight at some point on the horizon (B. Fig. 8) 
 with the solar attachment off, the telescope level and the 
 vernier set at 101 26' (90 + 11 26'), the corrected south 
 polar distance, Fig. 8 being an illustration. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 Second. With the lower plate clamped turn the vernier 
 of the horizontal limb to zero and with the solar attachment 
 in place, as shown by Fig. 9, sight the same object (B' Fig.
 
 22 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 9), bringing it to the cross-hairs by means of the adjusting 
 screw E, which may then be clamped with the clamp G. 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 Should the object sighted be less than about a mile 
 distant depending somewhat on the focal length of the 
 telescope allowance should be made for the distance from 
 the axis of the instrument to the optical center of the 
 solar attachment, as shown graphically in Fig. 9, where A 
 is the axis of the instrument, B is the first point sighted, 
 and B' the second point with solar attachment in place; the 
 angle CAB equals the angle CDB' and the distance AD 
 equals the distance BB'. With a little practice this distance 
 can be readily estimated on distant fence posts, bricks in 
 houses, tree trunks or other natural objects. 
 
 At great distances the distance B B' becomes in appreci- 
 able and is ignored. The angle CDB' will remain at 101 26' 
 so long as the angle HEI (the angle between the reflectors) 
 remains at 50 43' (101+26'-^-2), regardless of minor de- 
 fects in the polar bearings of the attachment. 
 
 The lower clamp may now be released. 
 
 Third. Depress the objective of the telescope until the 
 vernier of the vertical circle or arc is set at an angle equal 
 to the latitude of the place of observation. 
 
 Bring the sun's image to the proper position on the 
 cross-wires of the instrument by turning the transit on its 
 vertical axis (using the lower clamp and tangent screw for 
 
 10. 
 
 its fine adjustment) and the solar attachment upon its 
 polar axis. The sun's image will be in the field of view
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 23 
 
 when the light from the fixed mirror is seen to pass exactly 
 through the opening in the base of the frame. 
 
 After the sun's image has been bisected as shown in 
 Fig. 10, the bisection may be successively checked by torn- 
 ing the tangent screw engaging the ring C, Fig. 7. 
 
 The axis of the telescope is now parallel to the earth's 
 axis and the instrument is in the plane of the meridian 
 with the vernier of the horizontal limb set at zero. The 
 solar attachment may now be removed and the azimuth 
 of any desired object taken. 
 
 If the transit is not provided with solar wires as shown 
 in Fig. 10, set off on the vertical circle the latitude minus 
 the sun's semi-diameter as given in the ephemeris, and 
 
 Fig. 12. 
 
 then bring the upper limb or edge of the sun to the inter- 
 section of the cross-hairs as shown in Fig. 11. which can 
 be done with great precision.
 
 24 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Fig. 12 is a diagram illustrating the transit with solar at- 
 tachment set in the meridian. A is the axis of the transit, 
 PP' the polar axis, NS the meridian. The sun's declination 
 being north, the south polar distance is 90 plus the cor- 
 rected declination. 
 
 If the transit has a full vertical circle the errors of ad- 
 justment may be eliminated by taking the mean between 
 normal and reverse observations, as in the case of the 
 direct solar observation. ^ 
 
 Observations on fixed stars for the meridian or latitude 
 are made with the solar attachment in exactly the same 
 manner as on the sun. There being no appreciable hourly 
 change in the declination of the fixed stars, the refraction 
 correction for the proper hour angle is applied directly 
 to the apparent declination. 
 
 The writer has obtained perfect checks on the Shattuck 
 solar by direct observation of the sun and considers it the 
 best solar made. 
 
 To Determine the Latitude with the Shattuck Solar. 
 
 Carefully set off in the solar the south polar distance 
 of the sun at apparent noon, corrected for the refraction 
 at that hour, in the same manner as previously explained. 
 
 About fifteen minutes before noon, direct the telescope 
 with the solar attached, toward the lower pole; then move 
 the transit on its vertical axis and the solar on the polar 
 axis until the reflected light of the sun from the fixed 
 mirror is seen to exactly pass through the opening in the 
 base of the frame, with the sides of the solar as nearly 
 vertical as possible. The sun's image will then be in the 
 field of view. 
 
 Now bring the upper limb or edge of the sun to the 
 horizontal cross-wire by turning the tangent screw of the 
 telescope axis; then by turning the tangent screw of the 
 polar axis of the solar, cause the sun's image to pass rap- 
 idly across the field of view. If the limb of the sun passes
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 25 
 
 parallel to the horizontal wire, the plane of the solar is in 
 a vertical position; but if not, turn the solar on the polar 
 axis and the transit on its vertical axis, until the plane is 
 vertical as shown by this test. 
 
 Keeping the plane of solar vertical, follow the sun's 
 upper limb with the horizontal cross-wire, by turning the 
 tangent screw of the telescope axis, as long as the sun 
 continues to rise. 
 
 The sun is at its greatest altitude when it reaches the 
 meridian; therefore at apparent noon, when the sun's im- 
 age ceases to rise, take the reading of the vertical circle 
 and add to it the sun's semi-diameter as given in the 
 ephemeris, which, will give the required latitude. This is 
 illustrated in Fig. 12. 
 
 Use of Solar Ephemeris. 
 
 The sun's declination at Greenwich mean noon is given 
 in the ephemeris for every day in the year. 
 
 Local time at different points on the earth's surface 
 varies at the rate of one hour for every 15 degrees of 
 longitude; the more easterly the place the later the local 
 time. 
 
 When it is noon according to "Eastern" (75th merid- 
 ian), "Central" (90th meridian), "Mountain" (105th merid- 
 ian), or "Pacific" (120th meridian) time, it is five, six, 
 seven or eight hours, respectively, after noon at Green- 
 wich. Hence, for example, to determine the declination at 
 9 o'clock, a. m., "Mountain Time," which is four hours 
 (seven hours minus three hours) after mean noon at 
 Greenwich, the given difference for one hour is multiplied 
 by four, which gives the correction to be applied to the 
 given declination, noting carefully the algebraic signs of 
 both the declination and hourly difference as given in the 
 ephemeris. 
 
 In using the Shattuck solar attachment the refraction 
 correction is always positive, so that when the sun's
 
 26 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 declination is north (+) it is added, and numerically sub- 
 tracted when the declination is south ( ). 
 
 This refraction is found under the description of the 
 Burt Solar in a table for various latitudes and periods 
 before and after noon. 
 
 The declination of the sun being its distance from the 
 celestial equator, the south polar distance is 90 plus or 
 minus the declination according as the sun is north or 
 south of the equator. 
 
 Example : 
 
 Required the south polar distance oi the sun at 3 p. m., 
 "Mountain Time," May 28, 1902, latitude 40. 
 
 The time is 10 hours (7 + 3) after noon at Greenwich. 
 
 Hourly difference +24.79" 
 
 X Number of hours 10. 
 
 Total change in declination +247.9" or + 4' 07.9" 
 
 Declination at Greenwich noon +21 21' 12.0" 
 
 Required declination +21 25' 19.9' 
 
 Refraction (hour angle 3) +00' 33.0' 
 
 Corrected apparent declination +21 25' 52.9' 
 
 Declination being north, add 90* 
 
 South polar distance 111 25' 52.9" 
 
 To save time, it is advisable, before going into the field, 
 to prepare a table for the day, giving the south polar dis- 
 tances of the sun for every hour suitable for taking obser- 
 vations. 
 
 Note. The methods of figuring declination and refrac- 
 tion are given more fully under the description of the 
 Burt Solar. 
 
 The Burt Solar Attachment. 
 
 In Pig. 13 we have a graphic illustration of the Burt 
 solar apparatus, the circles shown being intended to repre-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
 Fig. 14.
 
 28 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 sent those supposed to be drawn upon the concave surface 
 of the heavens. 
 
 When the telescope is set horizontal by its spirit-level, 
 the hour-circle will be in the plane of the horizon, the polar 
 axis will point to the zenith, and the zeros of the vertical 
 arc and its vernier will coincide. Now if we incline the 
 telescope, directed north as shown in the cut, the polar axis 
 will descend from the direction of the zenith. The angle 
 through which it moves, being laid off on the vertical arc, 
 will be the co-latitude of the place where the instrument is 
 supposed to be used, the latitude itself being found by sub- 
 tracting this number from 90. 
 
 When, however, the sun passes above or below the 
 equator, his declination, or angular distance from it, as 
 given in the ephemeris, can be set off upon the arc, and 
 his image brought into position as before. 
 
 In order to do this, however, it is necessary not only 
 that the latitude and declination be correctly set off upon 
 their respective arcs, but also that the instrument be 
 moved in azimuth until the polar axis points to the pole 
 of the heavens, or, in other words, is placed in the plane 
 of the meridian; and thus the position of the sun's image 
 will indicate not only the latitude of the place, the declina- 
 tion of the sun for the given hour and the apparent time, 
 but will also determine the meridian, or true north and 
 south line passing through the place where the observation 
 is made. 
 
 The interval between two equatorial lines, cc, as well 
 as between the hour lines, bb, (Fig. 14), is just sufficient 
 to include the circular image of the sun, as formed by the 
 solar lens on the opposite side of the revolving arm. 
 
 Allowance for declination: Let us now suppose the 
 observation made when the sun has passed the equinoctial 
 point, and when his position is affected by declination. 
 
 By referring to the ephemeris, and setting oft on the
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 29 
 
 arc his declination for the given day and hour, we are 
 still able to determine his position with the same certainty 
 as if he remained on the equator. 
 
 When the sun's declination is south, that is, from the 
 22nd of September to the 20th of March, in each year, the 
 arc is turned downward, or towards the plates of the 
 transit, while during the remainder of the year the arc Is 
 turned from the plates. 
 
 When the solar attachment is accurately adjusted and 
 its plates made perfectly horizontal, the latitude of the 
 place (co-latitude from horizontal) and the declination of 
 the sun for the given day and hour being also set off on 
 their respective arcs, and the instrument set approxi- 
 mately north by the magnetic needle, the image of the sun 
 cannot be brought between the equatorial lines until the 
 polar axis is placed in the plane of the meridian of the 
 place, or in a position parallel with the axis of the earth. 
 
 The slightest deviation from this position will cause 
 the image to pass above or below the lines, and thus dis- 
 cover the error. 
 
 To Run Lines with the Burt Solar Attachment. 
 
 Having set off the latitude of the place (co-latitude from 
 horizontal) on the vertical arc, and the declination for the 
 given day and hour as computed from the tables in the 
 solar ephemeris, the instrument being also carefully lev- 
 elled by the telescope bubble, set the horizontal limb at 
 zero and clamp the plates, loosen the lower screw so that 
 the transit moves easily upon its lower socket, set the in- 
 strument approximately north and south, with the object- 
 glass end of the telescope towards the north, turn the 
 proper solar lens to the sun, and with one hand on the 
 plates and the other on the revolving arm move them from 
 side to side until the sun's image is brought between the 
 equatorial lines on the silver plate. 
 
 The lower clamp of the instrument should now be
 
 30 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 fastened, and any further lateral movement be made by 
 the tangent screw of the levelling head. The necessary 
 allowance being made for refraction, the telescope will be 
 in the true meridian from which any lines desired may be 
 deflected. 
 
 The declination of the sun given in the Ephemeris, or 
 Nautical Almanac, from year to year, is calculated for ap- 
 parent noon at Greenwich, England. 
 
 To determine it for any other hour at a place In the 
 United States, reference must be had, not only to the dif- 
 ference of time arising from the difference of longitude, 
 but also to the change of declination during that time. 
 
 The longitude of the place, and therefore its difference 
 in time, if not given directly in the ephemeris, can be 
 ascertained very nearly by reference to that of other places 
 given which are situated on, or very nearly on, the same 
 meridian. 
 
 It is the practice of surveyors in states east of the 
 Mississippi to allow a difference of six hours for the differ- 
 ence in longitude, calling the declination given in the 
 ephemeris for 12 m. that of 6 a. m. at the place of observa- 
 tion. 
 
 Beyond the meridian of Santa F6, the allowance would 
 be about seven hours ; and in California, Oregon and Wash- 
 ington about eight hours. 
 
 Having thus the difference in time, we very readily 
 obtain the declination for a certain hour in the morning, 
 which would be earlier or later as the longitude was 
 greater or less, and the same as that of apparent noon at 
 Greenwich on the given day. Thus, suppose the observa- 
 tion to be made at a place five hours later than Greenwich, 
 then the declination given in the ephemeris for the given 
 day at noon, affected by the refraction, would be the 
 declination at the place of observation for 7 a. m. ; this 
 gives us the starting point.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 31 
 
 To obtain the declination for the other hours of the 
 day, take from the ephemeris the declination for apparent 
 noon for the given day, and, as the declination is increas- 
 ing or decreasing, add to, or subtract from, the declina- 
 tion of the first hour the difference for one hour as given 
 in the ephemeris, which will give, when affected by the 
 refraction, the declination for the succeeding hour; and 
 proceed thus in making a table of declination for every 
 hour of the day. 
 
 The table of refractions is calculated for latitudes be- 
 tween 15 and 60 at intervals of 2%, that being as near 
 as is required. 
 
 The declination ranges from to 20 both north and 
 south, the + declinations being north and the south, 
 and is given for every 5, that being sufficiently near for 
 all practical purposes. The hour angle in the. first column 
 indicates the distance of the sun from the meridian in hours, 
 the refraction given for hours being that which affects 
 the observed declination of the sun when on the meridian, 
 commonly known as the meridianal refraction; the refrac- 
 tion for the hour just before or after noon is so nearly 
 that of the meridian that it may be called and allowed as 
 the same. 
 
 When the table is used it must be borne in mind that 
 when the declination is north, or + in the table, the re- 
 fraction is to be added; when the declination is south, 
 or the refraction must be subtracted. It will be noted 
 that the refraction in south declination increases very 
 rapidly as the sun nears the horizon, showing that ob- 
 servations should not be taken with sun when south of the 
 equator, less than one hour from the horizon. 
 
 To Compute the Declination. 
 
 Suppose it was required to obtain the declination for 
 the different hours of April 16, 1895, at Troy, New York. 
 The longitude in time is four hours, fifty-four minutes
 
 32 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 and forty seconds, or practically five hours; so that the 
 declination given in the ephemeris for apparent noon of 
 that day at Greenwich would be that of 7 a. m. at Troy. 
 Declination at Greenwich at noon of April 16, 1895. 
 
 N. 10 7' 56".5 
 
 Troy. 
 
 N. 10 7' 56".5+Refr. 5 hrs. 1' 58"= 10 9' 54"= Dec. 7 a. m. 
 addhr.dif.53".2 
 
 10 8' 49".7+Refr. 4 hrs. 1' 11"= 10 10' 00"= Dec. 8 a. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 9' 42".9+Refr. 3 hrs. 52"= 10 10' 34"= Dec. 9 a. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 10' 36".l+Refr. 2 hrs. 39"= 10 11' 15"= Dec. 10 a. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 11' 29".3+Refr. 1 hr. 36"= 10 12' 05"= Dec. 11 a. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 12' 22".5+Refr. hrs. 36"= 10 12' 58"= Dec. 12 m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 13' 15".7+Refr. 1 hr. 36"= 10 13' 51"= Dec. 1 p. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 14' 08".9+Refr. 2 hrs. 39"= 10 14' 47"= Dec. 2 p. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 15' 02".l+Refr. 3 hrs. 52"= 10 15' 54"= Dec. 3 p. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 15' 55".3-fRefr. 4 hrs. 1' 11"= 10 17' 06"= Dec. 4 p. m. 
 53".2 
 
 10 16' 48".5+Refr. 5 hrs. 1' 58"= 10 18' 46"= Dec. 5 p. m. 
 
 Again, suppose it was desired to obtain the corrected 
 declination for the different hours of October 16, 1895, at 
 Troy, New York. 
 
 The difference in time being nearly five hours, and the
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 33 
 
 declination at Greenwich, noon, 8 53' 53". 6, that declination 
 affected by the refraction would give the true declination 
 for 7 a.m. at Troy; the latitude being nearly 42 30'. The 
 declination being now south, the refraction is to be sub- 
 tracted, but the hourly difference is to be added because 
 the declination is increasing, as in the first example; 
 thus: 
 
 Troy. 
 
 S. 8 53' 53".6 Refr. 5 hrs. 9' 24"== 8 44' 30"= Dec. 7 a. m. 
 addhr.dif.55".3 
 
 8 54' 48".9 Refr. 4 hrs. 2' 49"- 8 52' 00"= Dec. 8 a. m. 
 55".3 
 
 8 55' 44".2 Refr. 3 hrs. 1' 49"= 8 53' 55"= Dec. 9 a. m. 
 55".3 
 
 8 56' 39".5 Refr. 2 hrs. 1' 26"= 8 55' 13"= Dec. 10 a. m. 
 55".3 
 
 8 57' 34".8 Refr. 1 hr. 1' 14"= 8 56' 21"= Dec. 11 a. m. 
 55".3 
 
 58' 30".l Refr. hrs. 1' 14"= 8 57' 16"= Dec. 12 m. 
 55".3 
 
 8 59' 25" A Refr. 1 hr. 1' 14"= 8 58' 11"= Dec. 1 p. m. 
 55".3 
 
 9 00' 20".7 Refr. 2 hrs. 1' 26"= 8 58' 55"= Dec. 2 p. m. 
 55".3 
 
 9 01' 16".0 Refr. 3 hre. 1' 49"= 8 58' 27"= Dec. 3 p. m. 
 56".3 
 
 9 02' 11".3 Refr. 4 hrs. 2' 49"= 8 59' 22"= Dec. 4 p. m. 
 55".3 
 
 9 63' 06".6 Refr. 5 hrs. 9' 24"= 8 53' 43"= Dec. 5 p. m. 
 
 These calculations should of course be made before the 
 surveyor begins work in the field.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 A Table of Mean Refractions in Declination to Be Used 
 
 With the Shattuck and Burt Solar Attachments. 
 Apply to the Declination as Found in the Ephemeris. 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 
 DECLINATIONS. 
 
 For Latitude 15. 
 
 B +20' 
 
 | -5 
 
 -10 | -15 | -20 
 
 h. 
 
 2 h. 
 
 3 h. 
 
 4 h. 
 
 5 h. 
 
 -05") 0" 
 
 -03" +02" 
 
 +01" 05" 
 
 08" 12" 
 
 29" 34" 
 
 +05' 
 07" 
 11" 
 19" 
 41" 
 
 16" 
 24"| 
 49"| 
 
 15") 21' 
 
 18" 23' 
 
 22" 28' 
 
 30" 37' 
 
 59" I'lO' 
 
 27") 33"! 40" 
 
 29" 36" 43" 
 
 34" 41" 49" 
 
 44" 53" 1'04" 
 
 1'24" 1'43" 2'08" 
 
 For Latitude 17 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 -02" 
 0" 
 +02" 
 13" 
 34" 
 
 +02" 
 05" 
 10" 
 18" 
 41" 
 
 08" 
 10" 
 15" 
 23" 
 49" 
 
 13" 
 15" 
 21" 
 
 29" 
 58" 
 
 18" 
 21" 
 27" 
 35" 
 I'lO" 
 
 24" 
 27" 
 33" 
 43" 
 1'23" 
 
 30" 
 33" 
 40" 
 51" 
 1'41" 
 
 36" 
 40" 
 48" 
 I'Ol" 
 2'06" 
 
 44" 
 48" 
 57" 
 1'13" 
 2'42" 
 
 For Latitude 20. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 0"| 05" 
 03" 07" 
 06"! 13" 
 17"] 22" 
 39" 47" 
 
 10"| 15"| 21" 
 13"! 18"! 24" 
 18"| 24"| 30" 
 28"| 35"| 42" 
 57" 1'07"| 1'20" 
 
 27" 
 30" 
 36" 
 50" 
 1'37" 
 
 33"| 40" 
 36"! 44" 
 44"| 52" 
 1'00"| I'll" 
 2'00"| 2'32" 
 
 r 8 '/, 
 
 1'02" 
 1'26" 
 3'25" 
 
 For Latitude 22 30'. 
 
 h. 
 
 ?, IT. 
 
 06" 
 
 11" 
 
 15" 
 
 21" 
 
 27" 
 
 33" 
 
 40" 
 
 48" 
 
 52" 
 57" 
 
 3 h. 
 
 11" 
 
 15" 
 
 21" 
 
 27" 
 
 33" 
 
 40" 
 
 48" 
 
 57" 
 
 1'08" 
 
 4 h. 
 
 20" 
 
 26" 
 
 32" 
 
 39" 
 
 46" 
 
 56" 
 
 1'07" 
 
 1'19" 
 
 1'37" 
 
 5 h. 
 
 45" 
 
 53" 
 
 1'03" 
 
 1'16" 
 
 1'31" 
 
 1'52" 
 
 2'21" 
 
 3'07" 
 
 4'28" 
 
 For Latitude 25. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 05" 
 08" 
 12" 
 23" 
 49" 
 
 10" 
 14" 
 18" 
 29" 
 59" 
 
 15" 
 19" 
 24" 
 35" 
 I'lO" 
 
 21" 
 25" 
 30" 
 45" 
 1'24" 
 
 27" 
 31" 
 37" 
 
 53" 
 
 1'52" 
 
 33" 
 38" 
 44" 
 1'03" 
 2'07" 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 53" 
 1'16" 
 2'44" 
 
 48" 
 54" 
 1'04" 
 1'31" 
 3'46" 
 
 57" 
 1'05" 
 1'18" 
 1'52" 
 5'43" 
 
 For Latitude 27 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 
 08"! 13"! 18" 
 11" 16" 22" 
 
 24"! 30" 
 28" 34" 
 
 36" 
 41" 
 
 44" 
 
 49" 
 
 I'OO" 
 
 1'02" 
 I'lO" 
 
 3 h. 
 
 17" 22" 
 
 28" 
 
 35"! 42" 
 
 50" 
 
 I'OO" 
 
 I'll" 
 
 1'26" 
 
 4 h. 
 
 28" 35" 
 
 42" 
 
 50" I'OO" 
 
 I'll" 
 
 1'26" 
 
 1'43" 
 
 2'09" 
 
 5 h. 
 
 54" 1'05" 
 
 1'18" 
 
 1'34"| 1'54" 
 
 2'24" 
 
 3'11" 
 
 4'38" 
 
 8'15"
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 35 
 DECLINATIONS. 
 
 For Latitude 30. 
 
 +20' 
 
 +15' +10 
 
 +5 0" -5 -10' 
 
 -15* -20' 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 10" 
 14" 
 20" 
 32" 
 I'OO" 
 
 15" 
 19" 
 26" 
 39" 
 I'lO" 
 
 21" 
 25" 
 32" 
 46" 
 1'24" 
 
 27" 
 31" 
 39" 
 52" 
 1'52" 
 
 33" 
 
 38" 
 47" 
 1'06" 
 2'07" 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 55" 
 1'19" 
 2'44" 
 
 48" 
 54" 
 1'06" 
 1'35" 
 3'46" 
 
 57" 
 1'05" 
 1'19" 
 1'57" 
 5'43" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'18" 
 1'36" 
 2'29" 
 13'06" 
 
 For Latitude 32 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 13" 
 17" 
 
 23" 
 35" 
 1'03" 
 
 18" 
 22" 
 29" 
 43" 
 1'15" 
 
 24" 
 28" 
 35" 
 51" 
 1'31" 
 
 30" 
 35" 
 43" 
 I'Ol" 
 1'53" 
 
 36" 
 42" 
 51" 
 1'13" 
 2'20" 
 
 44" 
 50" 
 I'Ol" 
 1'27" 
 3'05" 
 
 52" 
 I'OO" 
 1'13" 
 1'46" 
 4'25" 
 
 1'02" 
 I'll" 
 1'28" 
 2'13" 
 7'36" 
 
 1'14" 
 1'26" 
 1'47" 
 2'54" 
 
 For Latitude 35. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 16" 
 20" 
 26" 
 39" 
 1'07" 
 
 21" 
 25" 
 33" 
 47" 
 1'20" 
 
 27" 
 32" 
 39" 
 56" 
 1'38" 
 
 33" 
 38" 
 47" 
 1'07" 
 2'00" 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 56" 
 1'20" 
 2'34" 
 
 48" 
 55" 
 1'07" 
 1'36" 
 3'29" 
 
 57" 
 1'05" 
 1'21" 
 1'59" 
 5'14" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'18" 
 1'38" 
 2'32" 
 10'16" 
 
 1'21" 
 1'35" 
 2'00" 
 3'25" 
 
 For Latitude 37 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 6 h. 
 
 18" 
 22" 
 29" 
 43" 
 I'll" 
 
 24" 
 28" 
 36" 
 51" 
 1'26" 
 
 30" 
 35" 
 43" 
 I'Ol" 
 1'54" 
 
 36" 
 42" 
 52" 
 1'13" 
 2'10" 
 
 44" 
 50" 
 1'02" 
 I' 27" 
 2'49" 
 
 52" 
 I'OO" 
 1'14" 
 1'49" 
 3'55" 
 
 1'02" 
 1'12" 
 1'29" 
 2'14" 
 6'15" 
 
 1'14" 
 1'26" 
 1'49" 
 2'54" 
 14'58" 
 
 1'29" 
 1'45" 
 2'16" 
 4'05" 
 
 For Latitude 40. 
 
 h. 
 1 h. 
 > h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 21" 
 25" 
 33" 
 47" 
 1'15" 
 
 27" 
 32" 
 40" 
 55" 
 1'31" 
 
 33" 
 39" 
 48" 
 1'06" 
 1'51" 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 57" 
 1'19" 
 2'20" 
 
 48" 
 52" 
 1'08" 
 1'36" 
 3'05" 
 
 57" 
 1'06" 
 1'21" 
 1'58" 
 4'25" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'19" 
 1'38" 
 2'30" 
 7'34" 
 
 1'21" 
 1'35" 
 2'02" 
 3'21" 
 25'18" 
 
 1'39" 
 
 1'57" 
 2'36" 
 4'59" 
 
 For Latitude 42 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 24" 
 28" 
 36" 
 50" 
 1'16" 
 
 30" 
 35" 
 43" 
 I'OO" 
 1'36" 
 
 36" 
 39" 
 52" 
 I'll" 
 1'58" 
 
 44" 
 50" 
 1'02" 
 1'26" 
 2'30" 
 
 52" 
 I'OO" 
 1'13" 
 1'44" 
 3'22" 
 
 1'02" 
 1'12" 
 1'29" 
 2' 10" 
 5'00" 
 
 1'14" 
 1'26" 
 1'49" 
 2'49" 
 9'24" 
 
 1'29" 
 1'45" 
 2'17" 
 3'55" 
 
 1*49" 
 2'11" 
 2'59" 
 6'16" 
 
 For Latitude 45' 
 
 h. 
 
 2 h. 
 
 3 h. 
 
 4 h. 
 
 5 h. 
 
 27") 33 
 32" 39 
 40") 47 
 
 54" 1'04 
 
 1'23"| 1'41"| 2'05" 
 
 48"| 57") 1'08" 
 52" 1'06" 1'19" 
 '07"j 1'21" 1'38" 
 '33"| 1'54" 2'24" 
 
 1'35" 1'57" 
 2'00"l 2'34" 
 4'38" 
 
 3'29 
 8' 15
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 DECLINATIONS. 
 
 fO 
 
 > For Latitude 47* 30'. 
 2 
 
 O 
 F +20" | +15* +10" +5' 0' | -5" -10 -15 -20' 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 t h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 30" 
 35" 
 43" 
 56" 
 1'27" 
 
 36" 
 42" 
 51" 
 1'09" 
 1'46" 
 
 44" 
 50" 
 I'Ol" 
 1'23" 
 2'12" 
 
 52" 
 I'OO" 
 1'13" 
 1'40" 
 2'52" 
 
 1'02" 
 1'12" 
 1'28" 
 S'05" 
 4'01" 
 
 1'14" 
 1'26" 
 1'47" 
 2'40" 
 6' 30" 
 
 1'29" 
 1'45" 
 2'15" 
 3'39" 
 16'19" 
 
 1'49" 
 2'01" 
 2'56" 
 5'37" 
 
 2'18" 
 2'51" 
 4'08" 
 11'18" 
 
 For Latitude 50. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 33" 
 38" 
 47" 
 1'02" 
 1'30" 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 56" 
 1'14" 
 1'51" 
 
 48" 
 
 55" 
 1'06" 
 1'29" 
 2'19" 
 
 57" 
 1'06" 
 1'19" 
 1'48" 
 3'04" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'18" 
 1'36" 
 2'16" 
 4'22" 
 
 1'21" 
 1'35" 
 2'29" 
 2'58" 
 
 7'28" 
 
 1'39" 
 1'57" 
 2'31" 
 4'18" 
 24'10" 
 
 2'02" 
 2'28" 
 3'23" 
 6'59" 
 
 2'36" 
 3'19" 
 5'02" 
 19'47" 
 
 For Latitude 52 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 36" 
 43" 
 50" 
 1'05" 
 1'34" 
 
 44" 
 50" 
 I'OO" 
 1'18" 
 1'56" 
 
 52" 
 59" 
 I'll" 
 1'35" 
 
 2'27" 
 
 I'll" 
 1'26" 
 2'10" 
 3'16" 
 
 1'26" 
 1'45" 
 2'28" 
 4'47" 
 
 1'42" 
 2'11" 
 3'19" 
 8'52" 
 
 2'23" 
 2'51" 
 4'53" 
 
 2'18" 
 2'49" 
 2'58" 
 8'42" 
 
 3'05" 
 3'55" 
 6'22" 
 
 For Latitude 55. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 40" 
 46" 
 55" 
 I'lO" 
 1'37" 
 
 48" 
 55" 
 1'06" 
 1'23" 
 2'01" 
 
 57" 
 1'05" 
 1'19" 
 1'42" 
 2'34" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'18" 
 1'35" 
 2'06" 
 3'28" 
 
 1'21" 
 1'34" 
 1'58" 
 2'43" 
 5'15" 
 
 1'39" 
 1'56" 
 2'30" 
 3'44" 
 10'18" 
 
 2'02" 
 2'30" 
 3'21" 
 5'49" 
 
 2'36" 
 3'15" 
 4'58" 
 12'41" 
 
 3'33" 
 4'47" 
 9'19" 
 
 For Latitude 57 30'. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 44" 
 
 50" 
 58" 
 I'll" 
 1'41" 
 
 52" 
 59" 
 I'lO" 
 1'25" 
 2'06" 
 
 1'02" 
 I'll" 
 1'24" 
 1'43" 
 2'42" 
 
 1'14" 
 1'25" 
 1'42" 
 2'10" 
 3'42" 
 
 1'29" 
 1'43" 
 2'07" 
 2'50" 
 5'46" 
 
 1'49" 
 2'09" 
 2'43" 
 3'55" 
 12'26" 
 
 2'18" 
 2'47" 
 3'45" 
 6'14" 
 
 3'05" 
 3'51" 
 5'50" 
 14'49" 
 
 4'37" 
 6'04" 
 12'47" 
 
 For Latitude 60. 
 
 h. 
 2 h. 
 3 h. 
 4 h. 
 5 h. 
 
 48"! 57" 
 54" 1'04" 
 1'03" 1'15" 
 1'18" 1'34" 
 1'45" 2'11" 
 
 1'08" 
 1'17" 
 1'30" 
 1'56" 
 2'50" 
 
 I' 21" 
 1'33" 
 1'51" 
 2'28" 
 3'57" 
 
 1'39" 
 1'54" 
 2'20" 
 3'18" 
 6'21" 
 
 2'02"l 2'36"| 3'33"| 5'23" 
 2'24" 3'12" 4'38" 8'15" 
 3'04" 4'24" 7'31" 24'44" 
 4'50"| 8'53" 
 15'32" 1 1
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 37 
 
 To Find the Latitude With the Burt Solar Attachment. 
 
 First, level the instrument very carefully, using, as 
 before, the level of the telescope until the bubble will 
 remain in the middle during a complete revolution of the 
 instrument, the tangent movement of the telescope being 
 used in connection with the leveling-screws of the parallel 
 plates, and the axis of the telescope being firmly clamped. 
 
 Next, clamp the vertical arc, so that its zero and the 
 zero of its vernier coincide as near as may be, and then 
 bring them into exact line by the tangent screw of the 
 vernier. 
 
 Then, having the declination of the sun for 12 o'clock 
 of the given day as affected by the meridional refraction 
 carefully eet off upon the declination arc, note also the 
 equation of time; and fifteen or twenty minutes before 
 noon, the telescope being directed to the north and the 
 object-glass end lowered until, by moving the instrument 
 upon its spindle and the declination arc from side to side, 
 the sun's image is brought nearly into position between 
 the equatorial lines. Now bring the declination arc di- 
 rectly in line with the telescope, clamp the axis, and with 
 the tangent screw of the telescope axis bring the image 
 precisely between the lines and keep it there with the 
 tangent ecrew, raising it as long as it runs below the lower 
 equatorial line, or, in other words, as long as the sun con- 
 tinues to rise in the heavens. 
 
 When the sun reaches the meridian the image will 
 remain stationary in altitude for an instant, and will then 
 begin to rise on the plate. 
 
 The moment the image ceases to run below is, of 
 course, apparent noon, when the index of the hour arc 
 should indicate XII., and the latitude be determined by the 
 reading of the vertical arc. 
 
 The angle through which the polar axis has moved in 
 the operation just described is measured from the zenith 
 instead of from the horizon so that the angle read on the
 
 38 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 vertical limb is the complement of the latitude or co- 
 latitude. 
 
 To Adjust the Burt Solar Attachment. 
 
 The declination arm is first detached by removing the 
 clamp and tangent screws and the center with its small 
 screws, by which the arm is attached to the arc. 
 
 The adjuster, which is a short bar furnished with every 
 instrument, is then substituted for the declination arm, the 
 center screwed into its place at one end, and the clamp- 
 screw into the other, being inserted through the hole left 
 by the removal of the tangent screw, thus securing the 
 adjuster firmly to the arc. 
 
 The declination arm is then placed on the adjuster, one 
 end is turned to the sun, and brought into such a position 
 that the image of the sun is brought precisely between the 
 equatorial lines on the opposite plate. 
 
 Carefully turn the arm over, until it rests upon the ad- 
 juster by the opposite faces of the rectangular blocks, and 
 again observe the sun's image. If it remains between the 
 lines as before, the arm is in adjustment. If not, loosen 
 the three small screws which hold it to the arm, and move 
 the silver plate under their heads until one-half the error 
 in the position of the sun's image is removed. 
 
 Bring the image again between the lines, and repeat 
 the operation as above on both ends of the arm, until the 
 image will remain between the lines of the plate in both 
 positions of the arm, when it will be in proper adjustment, 
 and the arm may be replaced in its former position on the 
 attachment. This adjustment is very rarely needed in these 
 instruments, the lenses being cemented in their cells and 
 the plates securely fastened. 
 
 To adjust the Vernier of the Declination Arc: Set the 
 vernier at zero, and then raise or lower the telescope until 
 the sun's image appears exactly between the equatorial 
 lines .
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 39 
 
 Having the telescope axis clamped, carefully revolve, 
 the arm until the image appears on the other plate. If 
 precisely between the lines, the adjustment is complete; 
 if not, move the declination arm by its tangent screw un- 
 til the image will come precisely between the lines on the 
 two opposite plates; clamp the arm and remove the index 
 error by loosening two screws that fasten the vernier; 
 place the zeros of the vernier and limb in exact coinci- 
 dence, tighten the screws, and the adjustment is complete. 
 
 To Adjust the Polar Axis: First, level the instrument 
 carefully by the long level of the telescope, using in the 
 operation the tangent movement of the telescope axis in 
 connection with the leveling-screws of the parallel plates, 
 until the bubble will appear in the middle during a com- 
 plete revolution of the instrument upon its axis. 
 
 Place the solar apparatus upon the axis and see that 
 it moves easily around it; bring the declination arm in the 
 same vertical plane with the telescope; place the adjusting 
 level upon the top of the rectangular blocks, and bring the 
 bubble into the middle by the tangent screw of the decli- 
 nation arc. 
 
 Then turn the arc half way around, bringing it again 
 parallel with telescope, and note the position of the level. 
 If in the middle, the polar axis is vertical in that direction; 
 if not in the middle, correct one-half of the error by the 
 capstan-head adjusting screws under the base of the polar 
 axis, moving each screw of the pair the same amount, 
 but in an opposite direction. Bring the level to the mid- 
 dle again by the tangent screw of the declination arc, and 
 repeat the operation as before, until the bubble will re- 
 main in the middle when the adjusting-level is reversed. 
 
 Pursue the same course in adjusting the arc in the sec- 
 ond position, or over the telescope axis, and when com- 
 pleted the level will remain in the middle during an entire 
 revolution of the arc, showing that the polar axis is at right 
 angles with the level under the telescope, or truly vertical.
 
 40 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Care should be taken that the level under the telescope 
 is kept in the middle, and the capstan-screws brought to 
 a firm bearing. 
 
 The adjusting-level in the operation just described is 
 supposed to be itself in adjustment; but if not, it can be 
 easily corrected by the screw shown at one end, when re- 
 versed upon a plane surface, exactly as a mason's level is 
 adjusted. 
 
 As this is by far the moet delicate and important ad- 
 justment of the solar attachment, it should be made with 
 the greatest care, the bubble kept perfectly in the middle 
 and frequently inspected in the course of the adjustment. 
 
 To Adjust the Hour- Arc: Whenever the instrument 
 is set in the meridian, as will be hereafter described, the 
 index of the hour-arc should read apparent time. If not, 
 loosen the two flat head screws on the top of the hour- 
 circle, and with the hand turn the circle around until it 
 does, fasten the screws again, and the adjustment will be 
 complete. 
 
 To obtain mean time, the correction of the equation 
 for the given day, as found in the Nautical Almanac, 
 should always be applied. 
 
 Berger and Saegmuller Solars. 
 
 The principle of these two solar attachments is the 
 same. (Fig. 15 A and B.). The declination of the sun for 
 the place and hour required is figured as previously shown. 
 This declination is regarded as plus or minus as it is north 
 or south and added algebraically to the refraction which 
 is always plus. The refraction is found from the table 
 previously given for the Burt and Shattuck solars or for 
 each day and hour in the ephemeris issued for the Saeg- 
 muller solar. The declination corrected for refraction be- 
 ing determined, the instrument provided with the solar 
 (see Fig. 15 A and B) is carefully levelled and the line of 
 collimation of the solar and main telescope made parallel
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 41 
 
 by sighting at some distant object. The declination is now 
 set off on the vertical arc or circle of the transit by de- 
 pressing the telescope when the declination is north, and 
 raising the telescope when the declination is south. The 
 solar telescope is then levelled by means of its attached 
 bubble with the main telescope still clamped. The co-lati- 
 tude is then set off on the vertical circle of the transit, 
 and the solar telescope directed towards the sun, which is 
 bisected exactly as in the case of the direct observation. 
 
 Fig. 15 A. Fig. 15 B. 
 
 This is done by turning the solar on its vertical axis and 
 by means of the lower motion of the transit. If the hori- 
 zontal plates have been previously clamped at 0, with the 
 lower motion undamped, as soon as the sun is bisected by 
 the solar telescope, the main telescope is necessarily 
 pointing due south. If now the lower motion is clamped 
 and the upper motion free, the direction of the main tele- 
 scope as read on the horizontal plates will give the correct 
 bearing. 
 
 By an ingenious attachment called an equatorial adap- 
 tor, the auxiliary telescope made by C. L. Berger and used 
 in sighting down steep shafts may be used exactly as the 
 Saegmuller solar.
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Traversing. 
 
 The bearing of the initial line of the survey being 
 known, there are two ways of carrying it forward in the 
 course of the work. When it is necessary that the correct 
 bearing should be known at all times during the field work, 
 as for example in retracing old lines, it is best to retain 
 the bearing always on the upper plate of the transit, back- 
 sighting with the upper plate, giving the last forward 
 course and then turning the upper plate in any new direc- 
 tion required. This method may be used at all times and 
 simplifies the note taking somewhat, and adds to subse- 
 quent clearness. The disadvantages are that the upper 
 plate may move somewhat in transportation between sta- 
 tions, and the vernier must be carefully examined each 
 time a back-sight ie made. Then, too, it may be incon- 
 venient and is usually unnecessary to figure out the direct 
 solar observation in the field, in which case the entire 
 survey may be completed with either an assumed bearing 
 to commence with, or else by angles, without the use of 
 any bearing whatever. When angles alone are used the an- 
 gle of the initial line surveyed with the line whose bearing 
 is determined by direct solar observation is read and when 
 these are identical, as is usually the case, the first line is 
 simply measured to the second station. At the second sta- 
 tion the upper plate is set at 0, the first station bisected by 
 the use of the lower plate and the angle to the next sta- 
 tion read as from left to right or the hands of a watch, 
 and noted. When side shots are made, it is well to make 
 horizontal parallel lines above and below the notes taken, 
 so that the line or lines of notes will not be confused with
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 43 
 
 the notes of the main continuous traverse. By this method 
 of carrying forward a survey all errors of instrumental 
 adjustment are eliminated except those entering in the 
 height of standards. Another method of traversing com- 
 monly used is to back-sight with the upper plate of the 
 transit at 0, then invert the telescope and turn to the 
 right or left and read the angle turned. While this is 
 probably the method usually employed, it involves a 
 doubling of any errors in adjustment of the transit and a 
 possible error in setting down each time the fact that the 
 instrument was turned right or left. On the other hand, 
 the results are more easily reduced to courses than in the 
 method given before, which is always used by the writer. 
 It is well to read the compass at each station as a pre- 
 caution against large errors. 
 
 Measuring. 
 
 At the same time that the bearings are being carried 
 forward with the instrument, measurements are being 
 taken. These measurements as a rule are to determine 
 the distance traversed, but are also at times for the purpose 
 of laying out a certain necessary distance. Practically all 
 measurements now made in mineral land surveying are 
 made with long steel tapes, 300 to 700 feet in length, grad- 
 uated every five feet, with each end of the tape graduated 
 to five feet. The method of using long tapes is as follows: 
 The chainman holds the zero of the tape at the station to 
 which the measurement is to be made, and the transit man 
 pulls the tape, preferably holding it taut by a pair of par- 
 allel pliers, provided with a clamp, just opposite the trun- 
 nion of the telescope. The distance is then measured to 
 the nearest five-foot mark with a pocket tape from the 
 point marked by the clamped parallel pliers. When the? 
 nearest five-foot mark is beyond the transit man, it saves 
 subtracting the tenths, to which measurements are usually 
 taken, to place the five-foot mark on the pocket tape over
 
 44 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 the five-foot mark on the long tape, and then read as from 
 the five-foot point ahead of the instrument. Another 
 method for reading the tape is for the transit man to hold 
 the five-foot mark just beyond the distance measured 
 to the transit, the chainman then holds the tape tightly 
 wherever it happens to come at the forward point. He 
 then reads on the finer graduations the distance from the 
 zero point back to the station and this is subtracted from 
 the distance read opposite the transit. This method is, 
 however, rarely used, as it requires a reliable chainman, 
 and involves possible mistakes is subtracting. It also re- 
 quires finer graduations on the zero end of the tape. 
 
 In traversing, the tape may be wound up after each 
 measurement or may be dragged over the ground. The 
 writer prefers the second method, as it saves time. There 
 is, however, greater danger of breaking the tape. Should 
 the tape break it may be temporarily mended by using 
 Alexander's Little Giant Tape Splices, or the surveyor may 
 even carry a piece of solder with a few braes or copper 
 sleeves which he solders on with a candle. As a rule, how- 
 ever, he proceeds with the longest portion of the broken 
 tape. As the tape breaks most frequently near the zero 
 end, and the chainman has then no handle, it is well to 
 carry an extra pair of parallel pliers for such an emerg- 
 ency. 
 
 There are many cases where stadia measurements in min- 
 eral land surveying could be used with advantage, but they 
 are rarely employed. In the first place, they are strictly 
 forbidden by the land office regulations in all government 
 work. In preliminary work, such as in laying out location 
 surveys, there is great difficulty in persuading the claimant 
 that he is getting anything at all accurate, when the sur- 
 veyor is compelled to admit that it can not be used in sur- 
 veying for patent. 
 
 The choosing of proper stations is a very important 
 part of the chainman's duty. A careful chainman can, by
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 45 
 
 good judgment, save much valuable time in selecting sta- 
 tions which in the first place offer good fore-sights, and 
 in the second place are suitable for set-ups. In the moun- 
 tains of the West there is frequently little or no choice in 
 the placing of stations, and the best are often none too 
 good. Stations are usually marked by stakes picked up 
 near the spot. In case it is desired to preserve the traverse 
 stakes, they had best be made of hard wood and carried 
 in sufficient quantity by the party. Opinions differ as to 
 the height of stations. Many, among others the writer, 
 prefer a short stake, not showing as a rule over a foot 
 above the surface of the ground. Others prefer a long 
 stake. With the short stake a plumb line will as a rule 
 have to be used for both the fore and back-sights, but 
 the station is more stable, and is likely to remain in place. 
 With the long stake the use of the plumb may be avoided, 
 as the stake may be seen from the instrument, and this 
 will often save time, but the stakes are very liable to de- 
 rangement after the lapse of a few days. In many cases 
 large nails may be used for stations, in which case they 
 are simply driven in the ground. They are especially use- 
 ful in winter when the ground is frozen. 
 
 The exact station point on the stake is marked by a 
 nail or tack and, when possible, the measurement is made 
 directly to the point, and both cross wires of the telescope, 
 their intersection, placed on the nail head. In case the 
 nail can not be seen, the instrument is sighted to a plumb 
 line, the height to which the zero of the tape is held being 
 taken by the horizontal cross wire. In windy weather 
 long plumb bobs filled with mercury give the best results. 
 
 When the surveyor has a clear fore-sight for a longer 
 distance than the tape will reach, and the country is not 
 too rough, he may set his fore-sight stakes ahead at a dis- 
 tance apart approximately equal to the stretch of his 
 tape. He may then set up at every other stake, omitting
 
 46 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 those in between, and make a measurement each way fore 
 and back from each set-up. This will often save consid- 
 erable time. 
 
 The vertical angles for most work need to be read 
 only to the nearest fifteen minutes; that is, they should be 
 within 7% minutes of the correct, and may be read with- 
 out the use of the verniers on most transits. As a rule in 
 western mineral surveying the horizontal distances must 
 be figured in the field. The best method of figuring is 
 probably by the use of the pocket traverse table, and the 
 Roe traverse table is the only suitable one known to the 
 writer. 
 
 The method of using is as follows: 
 
 Vertical angle. Distance. Horizontal dis. (Lat.) 
 
 23 261.5 = 260. 239.3 
 
 1.5 1.3 
 
 261.5 240.6 
 
 Many times a certain definite distance must be laid out 
 with the tape on a hill side, as for example the end of a 
 lode claim and also in setting corners from the center 
 line. We will take the example where we have to find that 
 to complete the 1,500 feet of a lode claim we have 294.5 
 feet yet to go. We find the angle of slope is 15 and this 
 apparently continues for the distance required. From the 
 traverse table we find that the nearest horizontal (lati- 
 tude) to 294.5 given in the column for 15 is 289.8, which 
 equate 300 feet on the slope. This leaves a horizontal dis- 
 tance over of 4.7 which in turn equals 4.9 on the slope. 
 The distance to be laid off is therefore 304.9 feet on the 
 slope. 
 
 Example: Ver. Angle. Horizontal. Slope. 
 
 15 289.8 = 300 
 
 4.7 = 4.9 
 
 294.5 = 304.9
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 47 
 
 In case of end lines 75, 150 and 300 feet respectively, 
 from the center line, natural secants may be used for lay- 
 ing off distances. For the distance 300 the multiplication 
 may be easily made, but for 75 and 150 feet the surveyor 
 had best prepare a table for each fifteen minutes and 
 paste in his note book. A complete table of natural secants 
 prepared as a traverse table would save much time to the 
 mineral surveyor.* 
 
 To return to laying out distances, it will often be found, 
 especially by one who is not good at estimating distances, 
 that the trial angle of slope ifi too small or too great, as 
 the case may be, and the horizontal wire of the instru- 
 ment either hits the ground or comes too high above the 
 station. In that case the only thing to do is to try a new 
 angle until everything corresponds. 
 
 The final distance to be measured is marked on the 
 tape by the parallel pliers and the instrument sighted to 
 the zero of the tape held at the proper height on a stake 
 or by plumb bob. 
 
 The surveyor will frequently meet obstacles which re- 
 quire offsete, which subject is, AS a rule, well handled in 
 the standard books on surveying. The usual offset is at 
 right angles far enough to avoid the obstacle. A conven- 
 ient offset is to turn off say 60 to the right, measure any 
 suitable distance, then run the same distance with 60 
 turned to the left. In this way the distance required is 
 exactly equal to the distance measured on the offset, as 
 we are dealing with an equilateral triangle. (See Fig. 16.) 
 
 Sometimes a long traverse has to be made to get around 
 an obstacle, and sometimes the measurement has to be 
 made by triangulation either to the point which it is de- 
 sired to reach or to some point near. Triangulation meth- 
 ods are of course simple, and are exhaustively treated in 
 
 *An incomplete table of natural secants is to be found 
 in Hodgman's Surveyors' Tables.
 
 48 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 text books. Traverses, that is., measured traverses to find 
 a missing course, are not, as a rule, so well handled in 
 the text books, and it is sometimes necessary to do all the 
 figuring in the field. In figuring a traverse, the first thing 
 necessary to do is to get the traverse into a record of 
 courses and distances. When the true bearing is carried, 
 throughout the survey nothing has to be done but to put 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 down the bearings and the horizontal measurements, and 
 figure the latitudes and departures. When assumed bear-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 49 
 
 ings have been used, they must be corrected. In case the 
 inverting right or left method hae been used from the 
 initial bearing, the succeeding courses may be easily fig- 
 ured. In case the instrument is read as though turned 
 from left to right, that is, with the hands of a watch, the 
 following rule simplifies the calculation of bearings. 
 
 Rule: Take angle right from back-sight. If less than 
 180, add 180; if greater than 180, subtract 180 from it. 
 Add results to former course from north, or azimuth. If 
 required, subtract 360. The result is the azimuth from 
 north. 
 
 Example: (Fig. 17.) 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 S. 57 
 180" 
 
 9' W. 
 
 Azimuth = 237' 9' 
 69 39' 
 
 249 39' 
 180' 
 
 69 39' 
 
 Azimuth first course = 306 48' = N. 53 12' W. 
 
 174 31' 
 180 
 
 354 31' 
 
 354 31' 
 
 Azimuth second course = 301 19' = N. 58 41' W.
 
 50 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 The courses and horizontal distances at hand, the lati- 
 tudes and departures are figured, preferably with a tra- 
 verse table. Among the many traverse tables, Gurden's is 
 the most rapid. In using the Gurden's tables to facilitate 
 picking out the figures, a triangle preferably a transparent 
 one, or even a card may be marked and so spaced that one 
 mark being placed under the latitude figure, the other 
 mark falls of itself under the figure for the departure. 
 
 An example of a short traverse is given below, with the 
 missing course calculated and many similar cases will be 
 given later. There are also given examples of latitudes 
 and departures figured with the Gurden's table. 
 
 Neat and systematic work may be done by the use of 
 printed blanks, each of which is afterwards filed away, 
 as will be described later. 
 
 Cos. Latitude. Sin. Departure. 
 57 9' 
 
 300 162.73 252.03 
 
 4.5 2.44 3.78 
 
 165.17 255.81 
 53' 12' 
 
 230 137.77 184.16 
 
 5.6 3.35 4.48 
 
 141.12 188.64 
 68 41' 
 
 230 
 2.1 
 
 Sta- Dis- 
 
 tion. Course. tance. 
 
 3.57 9'W. 304.5 
 
 N. 63'12'W. 235.6 
 
 N. 58*41' W. 232.1 
 
 119.54 
 1.09 
 
 196.49 
 1.79 
 
 120.63 
 
 N. S. 
 Lat. Lat. 
 165.17 
 141.12 
 
 198.28 
 
 E. W. 
 Dep. Dep. 
 255.81 
 188.64 
 
 120.63 
 
 198.28 
 
 261.75 
 165.17 
 
 642.73 
 
 96.58
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 51 
 
 log 96.58 = 1.984887 
 log 642.73 = 2.808028 
 
 9.176859 = log cot 81 27' 
 
 log 642.73 =2.808028 
 
 log sin 81" 27' = 9.995146 
 
 2.812882 = log 649.95 
 Missing course = S. 81 27' E. 649.95 
 Note: It is well to remember to take the log of the 
 larger number, whether latitude or departure, and divide 
 it by the larger log. whether sine or cosine of the angle 
 found.
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Lode Location. 
 
 About the simplest survey that the western surveyor is 
 called on to make is that of a lode location. It is, how- 
 ever, somewhat complicated by the fact that as a rule he 
 is assisted by the claimant himself in the work and thus 
 often lacks an efficient assistant, with the result that the 
 character of the results suffers. 
 
 Usually the survey is begun at the discovery point, 
 which may be a shaft, cut, adit, or even a point in the 
 tunnel or other underground workings. We will begin 
 with the survey of a straight claim ae in Fig. 18. (See 
 also page of note book) The first set-up is just 
 
 tor N.BI'SZ'E. ISOOff -youth Ctftter 
 
 Jute Stake 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 thirty feet from the center of the discovery shaft. After 
 the direction of the center line has been determined, and 
 this may often be done in unimportant work with the mag- 
 netic needle, a measurement is made as before explained 
 under measurements, to station No. 2. It will save the 
 transit man a set-up if a measurement is taken at the same 
 time to No. 5. This will, however in a rough country, give 
 the chainman more work. From station No. 2 the line 
 is extended through No. 3 to No. 4, at which point the 
 claimant having desired to end his claim, a right angle is 
 turned off, and the stakes set, we will say, seventy-five feet 
 on each side of the center line. These stakes, the best ob-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 
 mill if 
 
 K ;i i :i i 
 
 I' B u" !S 
 
 HUH 
 
 55 
 
 *$* 
 
 |t coui 2ZZ 
 
 I! 
 
 J5|3 
 
 i ; !i 
 
 II li 
 i g ;
 
 54 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 tainable, are marked Cor. No. 1, N. W. Cor. ; and Cor. No. 2, 
 S. W. Cor., Good Samaritan Lode, respectively.* From No. I 
 a tie is made to Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 14950 Columbus Lode, as 
 shown in the notes. As we have now measured 935.6 feet, 
 we know that we have passed the point for setting center 
 side stakes, so we return to No. 1 and measure back 185.6 
 feet to No. la, whence the center side stakes are set at 
 right angles to the center line. They are marked North 
 and South Center Side Stakes, Good Samaritan Lode, re- 
 spectively. Of course it frequently happens that the po- 
 sition of the center side stakes is known in advance and 
 in this case a measurement would have been made in the 
 beginning to No. la. In this caee No. la would have been 
 called No. 2 and the next sight might have been made to 
 No. 3, etc., but in the case of the Good Samaritan Lode 
 the center side stakes could not be placed till the claimant 
 had decided where the claim was to end in its westerly 
 course. We now extend the line through No. 5 and No. 6 
 and here knowing that the survey can be completed with 
 another sight, the previous measurements are reduced to 
 horizontals, the total subtracted from 1,500 and the result 
 laid out. Corners No. 3 and No. 4 are then set as for the 
 westerly end. If a tie has not been made to a patent cor- 
 ner, or some other proper monument, as above, the instru- 
 ment is set up at some corner of the claim, preferably 
 Cor. No. 1, and bearings to two or more mountain peaks or 
 other permanent points taken and recorded. The surveyor 
 then makes sure that he has the name of the lode, a de- 
 scription of the discovery, whether shaft, cut, etc., the 
 correct name of the locators, the name of the mining dis- 
 trict and the date. At his office the surveyor figures the 
 
 *While the law requires that the corners shall be 
 marked by substantial stakes or other monuments, it 
 does not require any inscription on them, and this may 
 be omitted and the location yet be perfectly legal.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 56 
 
 tie to the patented claim as given below, writes out the 
 certificate, usually signs it for the claimant, and sends it 
 for record to the county recorder. There are several 
 styles of blank forms for location certificates sold by differ- 
 ent publishers, but they are all essentially the same. The 
 location certificate of above is as follows: 
 
 STATE OF COLORADO, ) 
 County of Gilpin. } ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents: That Rudolf Gale, 
 the undersigned, has this 29th day of May, 1905, located 
 and claimed, and by these presents does locate and claim 
 by right of discovery and location, in compliance with 
 the Mining Acts of Congress, approved May 10, 1872, and 
 all subsequent acts, and with local customs, laws and reg- 
 ulations, 1,500 linear feet and horizontal measurement on 
 the Good Samaritan lode, vein, ledge or deposit, along the 
 vein thereof, with all its dips, angles and variations as 
 allowed by law, together with 75 feet on each side of the 
 middle of said vein at the surface, so far as can be deter- 
 mined from present developments; and all veins, lodes, 
 ledges, or deposits and surface ground within the lines of 
 said claim 594.4 feet running N. 81* 32' E. from center of 
 discovery shaft and 905.6 feet running S. 81 32' W. from 
 center of discovery shaft, said discovery shaft being situ- 
 ate upon said lode, vein, ledge or deposit, and within the 
 lines of said claim in Russell Mining District, County of 
 Gilpin, and State of Colorado, described by metes and 
 bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1, whence Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 
 14950, Columbus lode, bears N. 84 57' E. 510.56 feet, thence 
 S. 8 28' E. 150 feet to Cor. No. 2, thence N 81 32' E. 750 
 feet to south center side stake, thence N. 81 32' E. 750 
 feet to Cor. No. 3, thence N. 8 28' W. 150 feet to Cor No. 
 4, thence S. 81 32' W. 750 feet to north center side stake.
 
 56 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 thence S. 81 32' W. 750 feet to Cor. No. 1, the place of 
 beginning. 
 
 Said lode was discovered on the 16th day of March, 
 A. D. 1905. 
 
 Date of location, May 29, A. D. 1905. 
 
 Date of certificate, May 29, A. D. 1905. 
 
 RUDOLF GALE (Seal). 
 
 It is not necessary to mention the center side stakes 
 in the description. Should several claimants desire to be 
 recorded as possessing unequal shares, the names may 
 be arranged as follows, at the bottom: 
 
 J. P. Smith, % interest. 
 
 L. S. Weaver, % interest. 
 
 L. J. Walter, & interest. 
 
 For a company, the name may simply be placed at the 
 bottom with or without the addition of the name of an 
 agent or attorney in fact. 
 
 Other examples of location certificates will be given 
 under field notes of patent eurvey. 
 
 The above simple straight location may be varied in 
 many ways. The end lines may not be at right angles to 
 the center, but made to fit some other claim; in this case 
 the end line is longer than the width of the claim, and is 
 figured in the same way as the end line of an angular 
 claim given later. In order to avoid conflicts, the claim 
 is frequently made narrower than the legal width, some- 
 times on one side of the center, sometimes on both eides, 
 and the side lines may even be broken lines. In this 
 latter case they are figured as examples of mill sites or 
 intersections of patents, etc., which will be given later. 
 There is probably no legal objection to having the end 
 line even longer than the side line as is the case in Fig. 
 19. In this example, were a mistake made and the vein
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 57 
 
 placed as shown In the figure, the claimant would get over 
 3,000 feet of vein in one location, provided the vein was 
 perpendicular, so as not to require extralateral rights. At 
 
 Fig. 19. 
 
 the time of issuance of patent of course this could not be 
 known, as the vein is required, as far as known, to be not 
 more than 75, 150 or 300 feet from either side line, accord- 
 ing to the district. 
 
 Angular Claims. 
 
 In the case of angular claims the conditions given above 
 are more or less complicated. The simplest angular claim 
 is one whose one angle is at or near the discovery and 
 therefore known in advance, or at least before either end 
 line is laid out. This is easily surveyed, as follows: See 
 Fig. 20, the angle a being determined as 40. The angle b 
 ifi equal to 140. In placing the angle stakes the angle b 
 is bisected, that is, 70 is turned from either the fore- 
 sight or the back-sight on the southerly side, or 110 
 turned from either the fore-sight or back-sight on the 
 northerly side. The bisecting line is therefore 20 in each 
 case from a line at right angles to the lines 1 2 and 1 3. 
 The direction of this line is seen at once to be in the 
 figure above S. 30 E. (90 80 =10+20=S. 30 E. 
 90 40=50 20=S. 30 E.). As one-half of this line 
 is the hypothenuse of a right triangle whose base is 150
 
 58 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 feet (or, as the case may be, 75 or 300 feet), and whose 
 angle A is 20, its length is found from a traverse table 
 or table of natural secants to be: 
 
 20' 
 
 lat. 
 
 141.0 
 
 9.0 
 
 150.0 
 
 distance or nat. secant. 
 
 150. 20 = 1.0641 
 
 9.6 300 
 
 159.i 
 
 2)319.23 end line 
 
 159.61 
 
 which is the true distance from No. 1 to the angle corner 
 S. 30 E. and also of course in the other direction N. 30 W. 
 These lines in turn must be corrected for slope of hill. The 
 end lines are then placed parallel to the line of the angle 
 stakes, and the same length. The stakes are marked as 
 
 Fig. 20.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 59 
 
 given under straight lode locations, except the angle stakes 
 are marked Cor. No. 2 and Cor. No. 5 North and South 
 angle stakes respectively. As the end lines and angle stake 
 line are all parallel, the opposite side lines are the same 
 length, therefore no figuring or checking up is required in 
 the office and the location certificate may be written out 
 at once. This certificate is exactly the same as in the 
 case of a straight claim, except that in the best work, when 
 the discovery shaft is not exactly at the angle, additional 
 description is required; for example, in Fig. 20 it would be 
 described " " " " claims 400 feet running S. 40 W. from 
 centre of discovery shaft and 300 feet running N. 40 E. 
 thence 800 feet running N. 80 E., etc. 
 
 Fig. 21. 
 
 In surveying an angular claim where the angle is not 
 known when the first end line is reached, or when there 
 are two or more angles in the claim, this first end line is 
 usually put in at right angles to the centre line. In the
 
 eo 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 case of a claim having only one angle, the setting of the 
 end line may often be postponed till the angle of the centre 
 line is determined. When the end line is set at right angles 
 one or more sets of angle stakes are placed on lines bisect- 
 ing the angles as given above but these lines are not par- 
 allel to the end lines, nor are they necessarily parallel to 
 each other. As the end lines of the claim must be parallel 
 to each other, this requires that the end line for No. 4 be 
 turned from a line at right angles to its centre line over 
 an angle equal to the algebraic sum of all the angles enter- 
 ing into the broken centre line of the claim, or from the 
 back-sight on the centre line over the complement of this 
 
 Fig. 22. 
 
 algebraic sum. This is shown in the two figures above, 
 Fig. 21 and Fig. 22, to be 20 and 50 respectively as the 
 deviation from a straight centre line is always to the right
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 61 
 
 or first to the right and then to the left; right figure as 
 plus and left as minus. 
 
 The end line angle is thus the angle caused by the total 
 change of direction of the centre line of the claims from its 
 course No. 1-No. 2 to its course No. 3-No. 4. 
 
 The length of the end line is figured as the hypothenuse 
 of a right triangle whose base is 300 feet (or 150 or 600 as 
 the case may be) and whose angle A is the angle turned 
 from a line at right angles to the centre line at that point. 
 This in turn is corrected for the slope of the hill. While 
 it is no more difficult to stake out this kind of an angular 
 claim in the field than in the case of the angular claim 
 first cited, the office work is more involved. The side lines 
 opposite to each other are not of equal length, as in the 
 case of the angular claim first cited. The length in each 
 case is found by adding and subtracting on opposite sides 
 the perpendiculars or departures, of the various triangles 
 used and figured in setting the stakes, to the lengths actu- 
 ally measured on the centre line of the claim. For the 
 angular claim given in Fig. 21 the most easterly angle is 
 first figured, 150 feet multiplied by the tangent of 20 gives 
 54.59, which is added for the northerly side lines and sub- 
 tracted for the southerly lines, that is, added to exterior 
 angles and subtracted from interior ones, to and from the 
 distances measured on 1-2 and 2-3 on tne centre line. For 
 the next angle west 26.44, the tangent of 10 multiplied by 
 150 feet, is subtracted for the northerly side lines, and 
 added for the southerly side lines, from and to 2-3 and 3-4 
 on the centre line, remembering that 54.59 feet have al- 
 ready been subtracted or added to 2-3. Finally 54.59, tan- 
 gent 20 multiplied by 150 is subtracted for the northerly 
 Bide line and added for the southerly side line to and from 
 3-4 to which 26.44 feet have already been subtracted and 
 added. In Fig. 22 the same method is pursued. On the 
 northerly side line the tangents are added until the end line 
 Is reached, then subtracted from the centre line distances
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 while for the southerly side line the tangents are subtracted 
 until the end line is reached and then added. To be sure 
 that the work has been done correctly and that the bound- 
 ary lines close, a traverse is made as in the following ex- 
 amples. While the traverse may be made in the usual way, 
 the labor is greatly decreased by subtracting the length of 
 the side lines and end lines from each other, using the di- 
 rection in each case of the longer line. We thus find lati- 
 tudes and departures for only half of the courses and for 
 smaller numbers. The closing of the traverse round the 
 claim proves the correctness of the previous work. 
 
 Example. 
 
 
 Course. 
 S 10 B 
 
 IDist'ce. 
 19.23 
 
 N.Lat. 
 
 S.Lat. 
 18.93 
 
 E. Dep. 
 3.32 
 
 W.Dep. 
 
 Fig. 21.. 
 
 N. 60 B. | 
 S 40 W. 
 
 162.06 
 56 30 
 
 81.05 
 
 'is.ii 
 
 140.32 
 
 seiis 
 
 
 S 80 W 
 
 109 18 
 
 
 18 95 
 
 
 107 52 
 
 
 
 
 ****** 
 
 
 
 
 Fig.' 22.'.' 
 
 Course. 
 N. 10 W. 
 S. 30 W. | 
 N. 40" E. 
 N. 80 E. 
 
 Dist'ce. 
 166.71 
 331.26 
 135.42 
 109.18 
 
 81.05 
 
 N.Lat. 
 164.16 
 
 i63.'72 
 18.95 
 
 80.99 
 S.Lat. 
 286'.86 
 
 143.64 
 E.Dep. 
 
 '87!64 
 107.52 
 
 143.70 
 
 W.Dep. 
 28.94 
 165.63 
 
 
 Course. 
 N 15 E 
 
 Dist ce. 
 25 72 
 
 286.83 
 
 N.Lat. 
 24 85 
 
 286.86 
 S.Lat. 
 
 194.56 
 
 E.Dep. 
 6 65 
 
 194.57 
 W.Dep. 
 
 Fig. 23.. 
 
 S. 82 W. 
 S 73 E 
 
 60.82 
 56 04 
 
 
 8.46 
 16 38 
 
 '53 58 
 
 60.22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 24.85 
 
 24.84 
 
 60.23 
 
 60.22 
 
 It frequently happens that in case of angular claims, 
 the end lines must be made to fit prior claims. In this 
 case the calculations for the amounts to be added to the 
 length of the centre line must be made at each end of the 
 claim as well as at the angles, and the amounts to be added 
 and the lengths of the line will vary according to the angle 
 at which the latter are set. See Fig. 23. Angular claims 
 may also be narrowed down and located with irregular 
 side lines, but the figuring of these variations is only a
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 63 
 
 form of the figuring done In such work as patent intersec- 
 tions treated later on. 
 
 In the case of all lode locations the setting of end lines 
 is of great importance. The end lines should be placed as 
 a rule as nearly as possible at right angles to the strike of 
 the vein, while the location survey covers the apex. 
 
 The dip of the lode and the extralateral rights desired 
 should always be kept in mind by the surveyor. Thus in 
 Fig. 23 the arrangement of end lines there placed so as to 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 
 avoid conflict with the prior location may not be the best 
 or may be extremely bad when the question of extra lat- 
 eral rights is considered. It is therefore often best not to 
 survey to avoid a conflict but to make the best possible 
 arrangement of end lines to cover the ground desired. 
 
 Relocation and Amended Certificates. 
 "Distinction Between Relocation and Amended Certift-
 
 64 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 cate. In strictness there is a relocation only when some 
 change is made upon the ground, as by changing length, 
 width or boundaries; perhaps also when overlapping aban- 
 doned ground is taken. The certificate filed to show such 
 change is a relocation certificate. But if the error is in 
 the papers only, as by a misleading or too vague descrip- 
 tion, there is no relocation, but only the filing of an 
 amended location certificate. But the terms are not al- 
 ways used with exactness even by the legal profession, all 
 such papers as well as acts being called relocations or 
 relocation certificates, and a misuse of the term is not 
 generally material. Cheeseman vs. Shreeve, 40 Fed. 789." 
 Morrison's Mining Rights, p. 109, 10th ed. 
 
 It frequently happens especially just before surveying 
 for patent, that the descriptions of claims are found to 
 be defective in some respect, and in this case an amended 
 description is filed, and no change is made upon the ground. 
 More often, however, the stakes on the ground are changed 
 somewhat, and the owner takes advantage of a resurvey to 
 take in some abandoned ground, or to alter the lines of 
 his claim slightly one way or the other from the original 
 location. He may even make radical changes in direction 
 of lines and extent of territory embraced. In this event 
 there is no change in the method of survey from the pro- 
 cedure in the case of the original location, but the certifi- 
 cates are worded to suit the case. Of the two examples 
 which follow of amended and relocation certificates, the 
 first is rarely used, as the second covers almost every possi- 
 ble case. In some cases it is well to state the cause for 
 amending, as for example, to state that it is to correct the 
 spelling of the name of the claim or location. This assumes 
 importance when it is desirable to impress suspicious 
 neighbors with the fact that no change has been made in 
 the boundaries of a claim, but an amendment made simply 
 to perfect the description.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 66 
 
 In the case of a second amendment we add to "This 
 being the same lode, * * *" "and again located on the 18th 
 day of April, 1905, and recorded on the 21st day of April, 
 1905, in book 160, page 352, in the office of the recorder of 
 Clear Creek county." 
 
 Additional and Amended Location Certificate Law of 1889. 
 STATE OF COLORADO,) 
 County of Clear Creek, j ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, ThatThe Treasure 
 Vault Gold Mining Company has, this 18th day of April, 
 1905, amended, located and claimed, and by these presents 
 does amend, locate and claim, by right of the original dis- 
 covery and this additional and amended location certificate, 
 in compliance with the Mining Acts of Congress, approved 
 May 10, 1872, and all subsequent acts, and with Section 
 2409 of the Geneial Statutes of Colorado, and with local 
 customs, laws and regulations, 717.2 linear feet and hori- 
 zontal measurement on the BOREAS lode, vein, ledge 
 or deposit, along the vein thereof, with all its dips, angles 
 and variations, as allowed by law, together with 75 feet 
 on each side of the middle of said vein at the surface, so 
 far as can be determined from present developments, 
 and all veins, lodes, ledges or deposits and surface ground 
 within the lines of said claim, 10 feet running northeast- 
 erly from center of discovery shaft and 707.2 feet running 
 southwesterly from center of discovery shaft, said discov- 
 ery shaft being situate upon said lode, vein, ledge or de- 
 posit, and within the lines of said claim, in Idaho Mining 
 District, County of Clear Creek and State of Colorado, 
 described by metes and bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, thence 8. 14 15' E. 152.48 
 ft. to Cor. No. 2; thence 8. 65 24' W. 377.33 ft. to Cor. No. 
 3; thence S. 89 2' W. 339.79 ft. to Cor. No. 4; thence N. 
 14 15' W. 154.12 ft. to Cor. No. 5; thence N. 89 2' E. 343.81 
 ft. to Cor. No. 6; thence N. 65 24' E. 373.47 ft. to Cor. No. 
 1, the place of beginning.
 
 66 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 From Cor. No. 1, Cor. No. 3, Sur. No. 12276, Bessie lode 
 bears N. 14 15' W. 7.66 ft. 
 
 This being the same lode originally located on the 21st 
 day of February, 1901, and recorded on the 2nd day of 
 March, 1901, in book 147, page 319, in the office of the 
 Recorder of Clear Creek County. This further additional 
 and amended certificate of location is made without a 
 waiver of any previously acquired rights, but for the pur- 
 pose of correcting any errors in the original location, de- 
 scription or record, and making more specific the bound- 
 aries and description of said lode as originally located 
 upon the ground. 
 
 THE TREASURE VAULT GOLD MINING CO. 
 [Seal.] By J. P. Little, Agent. 
 
 Said lode was discovered the 15th day of February, 
 A. D. 1901. 
 
 Date of additional and amended certificate, April 18th, 
 A. D. 1905. 
 
 Additional and Amended Location Certificate Law of 1889. 
 STATE OF COLORADO,) 
 County of Clear Creek, } ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That The Treasure 
 Vault Gold Mining Company has, this 18th day of April, 
 1905, amended, located and claimed, and by these presents 
 does amend, locate and claim, by right of the original dis- 
 covery and this additional and amended location certificate, 
 in compliance with the Mining Acts of Congress, approved 
 May 10, 1872, and all subsequent acts, and with Section 
 2409 of the General Statutes of Colorado, and with local 
 customs, laws and regulations, 1014.2 linear feet and hori- 
 zontal measurement on the ARC LIGHT lode, vein, ledge 
 or deposit, along the vein thereof, with all its dips, angles 
 and variations, as allowed by law, together with 75 feet 
 on each side of the middle of said vein at the surface, so 
 far as can be determined from present developments, and
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 67 
 
 all veins, lodes, ledges or deposits and surface ground 
 within the lines of said claim, 21 feet running N. 61 37' E. 
 from face of discovery cut and 993.2 feet running 3. 61 
 87' W. from face of discovery cut, said discovery cut being 
 situate upon said lode, vein, ledge or deposit, and within 
 the lines of said claim, in Idaho Mining District, County 
 of Clear Creek and State of Colorado, described by metes 
 and bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, thence S. 28 23' E. 150 ft. 
 to Cor. No. 2; thence S. 61 37' W. 1014.2 ft. to Cor. No. 3; 
 thence N. 28 23' W. 150 ft. to Cor. No. 4; thence N. 61 
 37' E. 1014.2 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 From Cor. No. 1, Chief Mt. bears S. 5 W. and a promi- 
 nent peak bears S. 30 W. 
 
 This being the same lode originally located on the 21st 
 day of February, 1901, and recorded on the 2nd day of 
 March, 1901, in book 147, page 320, in the office of the 
 Recorder of Clear Creek County. This further additional 
 and amended certificate of location is made without a 
 waiver of any previously acquired rights, but for the pur- 
 pose of correcting any errors in the original location, de- 
 scription or record, and of taking in and acquiring all for- 
 feited or abandoned, overlapping ground, and of taking in 
 any part of any overlapping claim which has been aban- 
 doned, and of securing all the benefits of said Section 2409 
 of the General Statutes of Colorado. 
 
 THE TREASURE VAULT GOLD MINING CO. 
 [Seal.] By J. P. Little, Agent 
 
 Said lode was discovered the 15th day of February, 
 A. D. 1901. 
 
 Date of additional and amended certificate, April 18th, 
 A. D. 1905.
 
 68 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Mill Sites and Placers. 
 
 Mill Bites and placers are for the most part on streams. 
 Placers are required by the General Land Office to be 
 taken up by legal subdivisions when on surveyed lands. 
 When the land is not surveyed, as is often the case with 
 mineral lands, placers should be surveyed as regularly as 
 possible. 
 
 As a rule the surveyor will lay out a millsite in rect- 
 angular form for simplicity, and the following table taken 
 from Morrison will often be useful: 
 
 "Area in Feet or Acres. By the following table the 
 number of feet necessary to include any desired number 
 of acres when in the shape of a square or parallelogram 
 may be ascertained: 
 
 Claim 660 
 
 x 330 feet contains 5 acres. 
 
 " 500 
 
 x 500 
 
 5.73 
 
 
 " 660 
 
 x 660 
 
 10 
 
 
 " 1320 
 
 x 660 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 " 800 
 
 x 1089 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 " 933^ 
 
 &x 933% 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 " 1320 
 
 x 1320 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 " 2640 
 
 x 2640 
 
 
 160 
 
 
 43,560 square feet = 1 acre. A square 208.71 feet in 
 length and width = 1 acre." Morrison's Mining Rights, 
 p. 185, 10th ed. 
 
 It may happen that the survey must follow the meander- 
 ing of a stream, and in this case the rules for angular 
 claims may often apply. Even when the claim must be 
 widened or narrowed the same rules hold, each portion be- 
 
 Flfl. 24.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 69 
 
 ing figured separately as in Fig. 24, the whole forming five 
 acres or less in the case of a mill site, and twenty acres 
 or less for each claimant in a placer. The end lines, if 
 they may be so called, need not, of course, be parallel as 
 in the case of lode locations. In case all ground possible 
 is desired between two claims, A and B, Fig. 25, the centre 
 
 Sur.Ho ff?55 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 line 1-2 is measured and the width of claim then laid out, 
 which will give 217,800 square feet (five acres) when multi- 
 plied by the length of 1-2. The end lines are figured as in 
 angular claims. In case 1-2 is not the centre line, more 
 figuring is of course required. 
 
 It sometimes happens that very irregular tracts must 
 be laid out and there is no escape from more or less exten- 
 
 Fig. 26. 
 
 sive figuring to get the correct boundaries for the number 
 of acres to be included. It will then be necessary to divide 
 the area under consideration into rectangles or triangles,
 
 70 
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 S 
 
 
 ss 
 
 
 U3 
 
 II 
 
 s 
 
 s s s 
 
 
 IS 
 
 5 
 
 S 9 
 
 
 Ii 
 
 
 1 llll 
 
 i 
 
 19 
 1 

 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 71 
 
 or both, or calculate the area by double meridian distances. 
 The method of surveying will also vary according to cir- 
 cumstances of the case. It may be possible to survey from 
 a centre line as in Fig. 26, or in the case of large tracts 
 it may be necessary to run the exterior boundaries. Ties 
 should be made as for all lode claims. 
 
 In any case, except when rectangular tracts are sur- 
 veyed, the final description must be carefully checked by 
 traverse as in the case of the angular claims, to make 
 sure of a closure, and the area figured by double meridian 
 distances. 
 
 Double Meridian Distances. 
 
 The traverse is begun with the most easterly or west- 
 erly station (Fig. 27). Double Meridian Distances = D.M.D., 
 of preceding course plus the departure of that course, plus 
 
 the departure of the course itself. The first and last 
 D. M. D. is the same as the respective departures. The 
 latitudes are arranged plus and minus North and South 
 respectively, multiplied by their D.M.D. as above. The 
 plus and minus areas resulting are then added and the 
 lesser subtracted from the greater and the result divided 
 by 2. The result is the area in square feet. 
 
 Care must be taken in the case of a mill site that is
 
 72 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 cut into tracts by other claims to locate the mill site as 
 one unit not including more than five acres, and during the 
 patent surveying cut into tracts. A placer may be done 
 the same way or at present writing may exclude other 
 ground exactly as a lode claim. Examples of location cer- 
 tificates are as follows: 
 
 Location Certificate Mill Site. 
 
 STATE OP COLORADO,) 
 County of Clear Creek, j ss. 
 
 To All Whom These Presents May Concern: 
 
 Know ye that I, John T. McDonald, of Idaho Springs, 
 Colorado, do hereby declare and publish as legal notice 
 to all the world that I have a valid right to the occupation, 
 possession and enjoyment of all and singular that tract or 
 parcel of land not exceeding five acres, situate, lying and 
 being in Montana Mining District, in the County of Clear 
 Creek, in the State of Colorado, bounded and described as 
 follows, to-wit: 
 
 The CENTURY Mill Site, beginning at Corner No. 1, 
 whence Cor. No. 6, Sur. No. 1465, Cohos Mill Site, bear* 
 N. 16 42' W. 27.6 ft; thence S. 79 5' E. 300 ft. to Cor. No, 
 2; thence N. 148 ft. to Cor. No. 3; thence S. 72 13' E. 
 10 ft. to Cor. No. 4; thence S. 80 ft. to Cor. No. 5; thence 
 8. 72 2' E. 474.5 ft. to Cor. No. 6; thence S. 88 ft. to Cor. 
 No. 7; thence N. 88 32' W. 946.18 ft. to Cor. No. 8; thence 
 N. 263 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 Containing 4.747 acres, together with all and singular 
 the hereditaments and appurtenances thereto belonging or 
 in any wise appertaining. 
 
 Witness my hand and seal, this 26th day of December, in 
 the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and three. 
 
 [Seal.] JOHN T. McDONALD. 
 
 STATE OP COLORADO,) 
 County of Clear Creek, ] ss. 
 
 Before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public in and for
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 73 
 
 said County, personally appeared John T. McDonald, to me 
 personally known to be the same person described in and 
 who executed the within Declaration of Occupation, and 
 acknowledged that he signed, sealed and published the 
 same as his free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses 
 and purposes therein set forth. 
 
 Witness my hand and notarial seal, this twenty-sixth 
 day of December, A. D. 1903. 
 
 My commission expires December 27, 1905. 
 
 ROYAL R. GRAHAM, Notary Public. 
 
 (Note. The certification before a Notary is not neces- 
 sary. Another example of Mill Site Certificate will be 
 given under Field Notes of Patent Surveying.) 
 Placer Location Certificate. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, that J. M. Cross, 
 the undersigned citizen of the United States, resident of 
 the County of Clear Creek, State of Colorado, having com- 
 plied with the provisions of Chapter 6, Title XXXII., of the 
 Revised Statutes of the United States, and with the local 
 customs, laws and regulations, claims by right of discov- 
 ery and location the SNOW STORM Placer Claim, situate, 
 lying and being in Gold Dirt Mining District, County of 
 Clear Creek, and State of Colorado, described by metes 
 and bounds as follows, tow it: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, thence N. 81 42' E. 329.85 
 ft. to Cor. No. 2; thence S. 35 3' E. 227.6 ft. to Cor. No. 3; 
 thence S. 44 46' W. 213.6 ft. to Cor. No. 4; thence N. 68 
 34' W. 422.30 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 From Cor. No. 1, two prominent peaks bear N. 87 Stf 
 W. and S. 45 W. respectively. 
 
 Containing an area of 1.808 acres, said claim was located 
 on the 19th day of November, A. D. 1902. 
 
 Date of certificate, December 1st, A. D. 1902. 
 
 J. M. CROSS. 
 
 (A Placer Location Certificate by legal subdivisions will 
 be given under Field Notes of Patent Surveying.)
 
 74 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Tunnel Sites. 
 
 There is considerable difference of opinion in regard to 
 the location of tunnel sites, but the best method seems to 
 be the surveying of the proposed line of the tunnel on the 
 surface, and the marking of the exterior boundaries of the 
 tunnel site. The tunnel line is easiest marked by stakes 
 
 r 
 
 | soojf. 
 
 I SOOff: 
 
 j soojt-. 
 ^ J, 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 at the various points of set up but rather better by stakes 
 set at regular intervals of say 500 feet. From the end 
 points stakes are set 1,500 feet on each side of the tunnel 
 line as shown in Fig. 28. Certain ground is frequently 
 located or staked for dumping purposes.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 75 
 
 Location Certificate Tunnel. 
 To All Whom These Presents May Concern: 
 
 Know ye that I, George E. Plant, of Georgetown, Colo- 
 rado, on the 20th day of May, 1905, located, and by these 
 presents do locate, for the discovery of mines and the 
 development of lodes or veins, the TIP TOP Tunnel and 
 Tunnel Site, and claim the right of occupancy, possession 
 and enjoyment thereof, together with the right of posses- 
 sion of 1,500 feet in length on all veins or lodes within 
 3,000 feet from the face of said tunnel, on the line thereof, 
 not previously known to exist, discovered in said tunnel, 
 situate in Virginia Mining District, Clear Creek County, 
 State of Colorado. 
 
 The mouth of the tunnel (at the point where it enters 
 cover) is located on the North side of Cold Creek, whence 
 Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 16521, Colorado lode, bears S. 27 
 16' W. 351.5 ft. 
 
 Size of tunnel, 6 feet wide by 8 feet high in the clear. 
 
 Course of tunnel from its mouth is North 3,000 feet. 
 
 A full description of the stakes set along the line of 
 tunnel is as follows: Six stakes set at intervals of 500 
 feet for 3,000 feet from mouth. 
 
 A full description of the stakes set at the exterior 
 boundaries of the area claimed, 3,000 feet square is as 
 follows: From mouth of tunnel stakes set 1,500 feet west 
 and 1,500 feet east respectively. At 3,000 feet from mouth, 
 stakes set 1,500 feet west and 1,500 feet east respectively. 
 
 I also claim for dumping purposes a tract of land de- 
 scribed as follows: Beginning at the mouth of said tunnel, 
 thence E. 100 ft.; thence S. 200 ft.; thence W. 200 ft. 
 thence N. 200 ft.; thence E. 100 ft. to place of beginning, 
 together with all and singular the hereditaments and ap- 
 purtenances thereunto belonging or in any wise appertain- 
 ing, and all rights granted to the locator as tunnel rights 
 under the terms of Section 2323 of the Revised Statutes of 
 the United States.
 
 76 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Witness my hand and seal this 20th day of May, A. D. 
 1905. [Seal.] GEORGE E. PLANT. 
 
 Legal Subdivisions. 
 
 Locating placers by legal subdivisions of sections is 
 closely connected with the procedure for restoring lost 
 corners of the public survey. The subject is exhaustively 
 handled in "Circular on Restoration of Lost or Obliterated 
 Corners and Subdivision of Sections: General Land Office, 
 March 14, 1901." The pamphlet may be obtained by apply- 
 ing to the General Land Office, Washington, D. C. Follow- 
 ing is an account of the most important points to be kept 
 in mind and principles to be applied. An example of the 
 Location Certificate required will be given with the Field 
 Notes of a Patent Survey. 
 
 General Rules. 
 
 1st. That the boundaries of the public lands established 
 and returned by the duly appointed government surveyors, 
 when approved by the surveyors general and accepted by 
 the government, are unchangeable. 
 
 2nd. That the original township, section and quarter- 
 section corners established by the government surveyors 
 must stand as the true corners which they were intended 
 to represent, whether the corners be in place or not. 
 
 3rd. That quarter-quarter corners not established by the 
 government surveyors shall be placed on the straight lines 
 joining the section and quarter-section corners and mid- 
 way between them, except on the last half-mile of section 
 lines closing on the north and west boundaries of the town- 
 ship, or on other lines between fractional sections. 
 
 4th. That all subdivisional lines of a section running 
 between corners established in the original survey of a 
 township must be straight lines running from the proper 
 corner in one section line to its opposite corresponding 
 corner in the opposite section line. 
 
 5th. That In a fractional section where no opposite cor-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 77 
 
 responding corner has been or can be established, any re- 
 quired subdivision line of such section must be run from 
 the proper original corner in the boundary line due east 
 and west, or north and south, as the case may be, to the 
 water course, Indian reservation or other boundary of such 
 section, with due parallelism to section lines. 
 
 From the foregoing it will be plain that extinct corners 
 of government surveys must be restored to their original 
 locations whenever it is possible to do so; and hence resort 
 should always be first had to the marks of the survey in 
 the field. The locus of the missing corner should be first 
 identified on the ground by the aid of the mound, pits, line 
 trees, bearing trees, etc., described in the field notes of the 
 original survey. 
 
 The identification of mounds, pits, witness trees or other 
 permanent objects noted in the field notes of survey, affords 
 the best means of relocating the missing corner in its orig- 
 inal position. If this can not be done, clear and convinc- 
 ing testimony of citizens as to the locality it originally oc- 
 cupied should be taken if such can be obtained. In any 
 event, whether the locus of the corner be fixed by the one 
 means or the other, such locus should always be tested 
 and confirmed by measurements to known corners. No 
 definite rule can be laid down as to what shall be sufficient 
 evidence in such cases, and much must be left to the skill, 
 fidelity and good judgment of the surveyor in the perform- 
 ance of his work. 
 
 Subdivision of Sections. 
 
 1. Subdivision of Sections into Quarter Sections. Un- 
 der the provisions of the Act of Congress approved Febru- 
 ary 11, 1905, the course to be pursued in the subdivision 
 of sections into quarter sections is to run straight lines 
 from the established quarter section corners, United States 
 surveys, to the opposite corresponding corners. The point 
 of intersection of the lines thus run will be the corner
 
 78 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 common to the several quarter sections, or, in other words, 
 the legal center of the section. 
 
 (a) Upon the lines closing on the north and west bound- 
 aries of a township, the quarter section corners are estab- 
 lished by the United States deputy surveyors at 40 chains 
 to the north or west of the last interior section corners, 
 and the excess or deficiency in the measurement is thrown 
 into the half mile next to the township or range line, as 
 the case may be. 
 
 (b) Where there are double sets of section corners on 
 township and range lines, the quarter corners for the sec- 
 tions south of the township lines and east of the range 
 lines are not established in the field by the United States 
 deputy surveyors, but in subdividing such sections said 
 quarter corners should be so placed as to suit the calcula- 
 tions of the areas of the quarter sections adjoining the 
 township boundaries as expressed upon the official plat, 
 adopting proportionate measurements where the new meas- 
 urements of the north or west boundaries of the section 
 differ from the original measurements. 
 
 2. Subdivision of Fractional Sections. Where opposite 
 corresponding corners have not been or cannot be fixed, 
 the subdivision lines should be ascertained by running 
 from the established corners due north, south, east or west 
 lines, as the case may be, to the water course, Indian bound- 
 ary line or other boundary of such fractional section. 
 
 (a) The law presumes the section lines surveyed and 
 marked in the field by the United States deputy surveyors 
 to be due north and south or east and west lines, but in 
 actual experience this is not always the case. Hence, in 
 order to carry out the spirit of the law, it will be neces- 
 sary in running the subdivisional lines through fractional 
 sections to adopt mean courses where the section lines are 
 not due lines, or to run the division line parallel to the 
 east, south, west or north boundary of the section, as con-
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 79 
 
 ditions may require, where there is no opposite section 
 line. 
 
 3. Subdivision of Quarter Sections into Quarter-Quar- 
 ters. Preliminary to the subdivision of quarter sections, 
 the quarter-quarter corners will be established at points 
 midway between the section and quarter section corners, 
 and between quarter corners and the center of the section, 
 except on the last half-mile of the lines closing on the 
 north or west boundaries of a township, where they should 
 be placed at 20 chains, proportionate measurement, to the 
 north or west of the quarter section corner. 
 
 (a) The quarter-quarter section corners having been es- 
 tablished as directed above, the subdivision lines of the 
 quarter section will be run straight between opposite cor- 
 responding quarter-quarter section corners on the quarter 
 section boundaries. The intersection of the lines thus run 
 will determine the place for the corner common to the four 
 quarter-quarter sections. 
 
 4. Subdivision of Fractional Quarter Sections. The 
 subdivision lines of fractional quarter sections will be run 
 from properly established quarter-quarter section corners 
 (paragraph 3) due north, south, east or west, to the lake, 
 water course or reservation which renders such tracts frac- 
 tional, or parallel to the east, south, west or north bound- 
 ary of the quarter section, as conditions may require. (See 
 paragraph 2-a.) 
 
 5. Proportionate Measurement. By " proportionate 
 measurement," as used in this circular, is meant a 
 measurement having the same ratio to that recorded in 
 the original field notes as the length of chain used in the 
 new measurement has to the length of chain used in the 
 original survey, assuming that the original and new meas- 
 urements have been correctly made. 
 
 For example: The length of the line from the quarter 
 section corner on the west side of Sec. 2, T. 24 N., R. 14 B., 
 Wisconsin, to the north line of the township, by the United
 
 80 
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 States deputy surveyor's chain, was reported as 45.40 
 chains, and by the county surveyors measure is reported 
 KB 42.90 chains; then the distance which the quarter-quarter 
 section corner should be located north of the quarter sec- 
 tion corner would be determined as follows: 
 
 As 45.40 chains, the government measure of the whole 
 distance, is to 42.90 chains, the county surveyor's measure 
 of the same distance, so is 20.00 chains, original measure- 
 ment, to 18.90 chains by the county surveyor's measure, 
 
 Fig. 29. 
 
 showing that by proportionate measurement in this case 
 the quarter-quarter section corner should be set at 18.90
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 81 
 
 chains north of the quarter section corner, instead of 20.00 
 chains north of such corner, as represented on the official 
 plat. In this manner the discrepancies between original 
 and new measurements are equitably distributed. 
 
 The foregoing will be clear from an inspection of Fig. 29. 
 We will assume that the corners actually existing on the 
 ground are represented by the points A B C D E F G, 
 while corner H is missing. This corner is re-established 
 by placing it on a straight line half way between A and G. 
 When the character of the country permits, this had best 
 be done by running a random line, (straight trial line), 
 as nearly direct from A to G as possible. This line will 
 probably fall somewhat to the east or west of G, say at G'. 
 From G' the course and distance is measured to G. At a 
 point half way between A and G' on the line AG' run a 
 line parallel to G'G and half the length of G'G, to H. Thus 
 H is on line AG equidistant from A and G. 
 
 In rough country it will often be easier or even neces- 
 sary to run a traverse from A to G, figure the missing 
 course, and thus find the course and distance directly from 
 A to G. Half of this distance is the distance from G to H. 
 This may either be run directly on the ground from G or A, 
 or better still the position for H may be found by figuring 
 the course and distance from the nearest station used on 
 the traverse from A to G, for which all the latitudes and 
 departures have been previously figured in order to deter- 
 mine AG. 
 
 In a similar way the line between H and D is run and 
 its interior corner I is established at the point of its inter- 
 section with the line BF. Midway between B and I, K is 
 established, and J between A and H. Half way between 
 A and B establish L and similarly M between H and I. This 
 same principle will determine the re-establishment of lost 
 corners, or the subdivision of the whole section. 
 
 Should the section be on the western tier of the town- 
 ship, it must be remembered that the eastern portions of
 
 82 
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 the sections are subdivided as nearly as possible according 
 to the dimensions of a perfect section, and all the error 
 thrown into the western portion. 
 
 Tracing Extensions of Veins on the Surface. 
 On the borderland between surface and underground 
 
 5/6.7 
 
 Plan 
 
 30 A. 
 
 SOB. 
 
 surveying one of the operations that a western surveyor is 
 frequently called upon to perform is tracing the extension 
 of a known vein or finding from underground workings the 
 probable outcrop of a vein. This may be done with various 
 solars with great ease as afterwards described, but with 
 an ordinary transit it requires considerable calculation. 
 
 Let Fig. 30 in plan, vertical and longitudinal section, 
 represent the simplest possible case, a vein striking due
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 north and running up a regularly sloping hillside. The 
 problem is to find the direction of the apex and the point 
 on the surface approximately 600 feet away where the 
 vein outcrops. From the tunnel the strike of the vein is 
 found to be north, or assumed to be so for simplicity, and 
 the dip is found to be 55 30'. Measuring 600 feet up the 
 hill north, the same direction as the tunnel is assumed, 
 the angle of elevation is found to be 30 33', which gives 
 us a perpendicular height of 304.9. From this, with the 
 angle of dip 55 30', we find we have to measure 209.5 
 
 Crosssecfion 
 
 ecf/'off oj Tunae, 
 30 C. 30 D. 
 
 feet at right angles to the strike to reach the apex. 
 Should the course only of the apex be desired, we have only 
 
 516.7 
 
 = cot course log 516.7 = 2.713238 
 
 log 209.5 = 2.321184 
 
 209.5 
 
 0.392054 = log cot 22 4' 
 or N. 22 4' W. 
 
 It will usually happen, however, that A is not on a level 
 with B, and therefore some correction must be added or 
 subtracted to 209.5 feet as the point A is above or below 
 B as- shown in Fig. 30 D. This correction, of course, varies
 
 84 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 as the height varies abov6 or below B, and is figured from 
 this height with an angle of 55 30' as the 209.5 feet was 
 figured from 304.5 feet in Fig. 30 C. 
 
 Vein Tracing with the Solar Attachment. 
 
 By using the Shattuck Solar Attachment this becomes 
 a very simple operation and is performed as follows: 
 
 The dip and strike of the vein are first determined by 
 any convenient means. Then set the transit over an out- 
 crop of the vein and attach the solar with the mirror set 
 to deflect the line of collimation through an angle of 90. 
 
 Point the telescope in a direction perpendicular to the 
 plane of the vein, which is done by deflecting an angle of 
 90* from the strike of the vein, and setting off on the 
 vertical limb an angle of 90 from the dip of the vein. 
 
 The Solar revolved on its axis will then cut a plane of 
 the vein. The line where this plane cuts the surface of 
 the ground is the line of the apex of the vein, which may 
 be traced by simply sighting through the Solar. Its posi- 
 tion may be marked where it crosses gulches or hillsides 
 with equal facility. 
 
 In case there are two openings at different elevations 
 on the apex of a slanting vein, the strike of the vein may 
 be determined in a similar manner. 
 
 Place the transit, with Solar attached, over one of the 
 croppings; depress the telescope to an angle of 90 plus 
 the dip of the vein and direct the telescope toward the 
 footwall of the vein. Sight through the transit and solar 
 at the other outcrop, when the vernier reading will be 90* 
 from the strike of the vein. 
 
 In a similar way the same results may be obtained by 
 the use of a solar provided with a telescope, as for ex- 
 ample, the Berger or Saegmuller Solars. For vein tracing 
 the auxiliary telescope of the solar is set exactly parallel 
 to the main telescope of the transit in the same vertical 
 plane. The auxiliary telescope is then pointed in the di-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 85 
 
 rection of the dip, as for example, down a shaft, and at right 
 angles to the strike of the vein. If the auxiliary tele- 
 scope is now revolved on the adaptor or whatever device 
 is employed, on a plane parallel to the plane of the vein, 
 it will always point to the same spot on the outcrop, pro- 
 vided, of course, the dip and strike are regular. In this 
 way the outcrop may be staked by sighting directly 
 through the telescope, a process somewhat simpler and 
 clearer than the reflections of the Shattuck Solar. 
 
 The telescope alone of a mining transit may be used, 
 provided it will turn on the point of attachment as in the 
 Scott model. This may be turned, after it is tightly set, 
 by loosening the capstan screw.
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Surveying for Patent. 
 
 We now come to that portion of western mineral survey- 
 ing where the assistance of a deputy mineral surveyor 
 is required, namely, surveying for patent. As a rule, be- 
 fore beginning patent proceedings, the correctness of the 
 location surveys is carefully verified, or the surveys are 
 corrected and modified as required. In the case of groups 
 it is especially necessary that the exact status of things 
 be known before an order for survey is requested from 
 the Surveyor General. This done, the claimant or his at- 
 torney deposits the fees for the Surveyor's General Office 
 at the nearest United States depository, with the name of 
 the claimant and the name of the claim to which the fees 
 are to apply. 
 
 He then, on the proper blanks which are supplied by 
 the Surveyor General, applies to the Surveyor General to 
 issue an order for survey. This form is given later under 
 Specimen Field Notes. With this application are forwarded 
 certified copies of the location certificates. 
 
 At the present writing the deputy mineral surveyor is 
 strictly forbidden either to send the money to the United 
 States depository, or make out the application to the Sur- 
 veyor General for survey, and is strictly forbidden to act 
 as attorney in any way for the claimant. This also applies 
 to his chainman. 
 
 The certified copies of location certificates are carefully 
 examined in the Surveyor's General Office, and if any mis- 
 takes are found, are returned for correction. Here it may 
 be observed that the commonest mistakes found in these 
 certificates are in angular claims which fail to close. If 
 the certificates are satisfactory they are copied in the
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 87 
 
 Surveyor's General Office and the copies, with the order 
 of survey, are sent to the United States deputy mineral 
 surveyor designated in the application. 
 
 This order is also given later under Specimen Field 
 Notes. 
 
 The deputy surveyor then surveys the claim exactly as 
 described for a location survey, except that the work is 
 done much more carefully, and with greater safeguards. 
 In place of the stakes used in the location survey, stones, 
 rocks in place, substantial posts, or even trees, are used 
 for corners. If the ground is such that it is impossible to 
 set a corner, or if it is seen that a corner can not possibly 
 be permanent if set, a witness corner is placed on one 
 of the lines of the survey but not except when absolutely, 
 necessary, off of these lines. Cor. No. 1 is placed on the 
 end of the claim nearest the section corner or monument 
 of the public survey, but it is not necessarily the nearest 
 corner. Thus in Fig 31 one section tie serves for both 
 
 Sur //o 77/30 
 
 Sur No. 17136 
 
 ,'\Scction 
 ' 
 
 Corner 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 claims, which would not be the case should it be required 
 to tie the nearest corner of the claim to the section corner 
 and make it Cor. No. 1. 
 
 In case the surveyor has not carefully verified his loca- 
 tion certificates in advance, he may find that the condi-
 
 88 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 tions on the ground do not fit the descriptions in the cer- 
 tificates. Usually a slight divergence of a few minutes or 
 a few feet is permitted by the Surveyor General. In case 
 the divergence is material, it is then necessary to amend 
 the locations and the claimant must apply for a new order 
 for survey. This new order costs $5 and results in a new 
 number being issued and a cancellation of the old number. 
 Therefore it is stated again that too much care can not be 
 taken to verify the descriptions in the location certificates 
 before an order is requested. 
 
 Wherever possible, bearings are taken from the cor- 
 ners set to blazed trees, rocks in place, boulders, and, 
 lastly, to mountain peaks, or permanent objects. The 
 blazed trees and stakes are marked with a timber scribe, 
 and the rocks and stone corners are chiseled. 
 
 The tie to a section corner may often be made directly 
 from some convenient point during the process of the 
 survey and the missing course figured from Cor. No. 1, as 
 given above under location surveys. As a rule, more or 
 less of a traverse must be made to the section corner and 
 afterwards the direct course from Cor. No. 1 is figured. 
 When the surveyor has a claim that he has previously sur- 
 veyed for patent in the vicinity, which is tied to a section 
 corner, he may run to this claim and figure his section tie 
 through it. Should he tie through any other claim not 
 his own survey, the work must be thoroughly checked. 
 This practically means that he can use another's survey 
 only as a help to find the section corner. The traverse to 
 the section corner in any case is filed on a special blank 
 with the field notes in the Surveyor's General Oflftce. Ties 
 made to a United States locating monument are in every 
 way the same as to section corners. 
 
 A general description of the corner or monument tied 
 to must be given in the notes, examples of which will be 
 given later on. 
 
 In many districts, such as, for example, the Clear
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 89 
 
 Creek and Gilpin districts, the work of connecting the cor- 
 ners of the public survey is greatly facilitated by a number 
 of triangulation systems in which each station of the sys- 
 tem is tied to some corner of the public survey. In some 
 cases these triangulation systems are official, and figure 
 on the maps in the Surveyor's General Office, but in most 
 cases they are simply private aids. With these systems 
 the deputy surveyor has simply to tie to some triangula- 
 tion station, and at his office has the bearing and distance 
 from this station (with its latitude and departure) all 
 figured out to the section corner. He has only to add this 
 latitude and departure to this traverse to the triangulation 
 station in order to figure his section tie. The triangulation 
 systems are also useful for deflecting lines. 
 
 Thus, one may set up on a triangulation station, sight 
 to some other triangulation station, the course of which is 
 known, and thence run to the claim to be surveyed, carry- 
 ing the course with him. In this way the figuring of a 
 direct observation is avoided. (Plate I.) 
 
 Ties to other claims are also made from the most con- 
 venient points on the survey, only as a rule they are much 
 shorter than the section tie. In order to know exactly the 
 position of each conflicting claim, ties must be made to 
 every corner terminating a line in conflict with the claim 
 being surveyed. In case some of the required corners on 
 a conflicting claim are missing, the lines are treated in a 
 manner to be described later on. In case no corners at all 
 are to be found, and no bearing trees, bearing rocka, etc., 
 it is necessary to tie to the discovery shaft of the conflict- 
 ing claim. If the discovery shaft can not be identified, 
 the claim must be treated descriptively, and this case will 
 be taken up under examples of figuring. As with the cor- 
 ner of a public survey, the corners of all claims tied to 
 must be described in a general way as stone, post, etc., 
 and the markings noted. 
 
 All workings and improvements, such as shafts, tun-
 
 90 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 nels, adits, buildings, etc., are tied in from convenient 
 points on the survey, and the courses and dimensions 
 taken. They are eventually figured to some corner of the 
 claim. 
 
 Roads, gulches, creeks, hill crests, county lines, etc., 
 are picked up in the course of the survey and enough of 
 them run out so that they can be indicated on the map 
 and the general direction and intersection with the bound- 
 aries of the claim known. 
 
 Up to this time the survey has been treated as though 
 one location at a time were being surveyed, or in the case 
 of many locations as if each one were being surveyed as 
 a unit. In the case of groups of claims, the surveying may 
 be often greatly simplified by a little forethought. This is 
 evident in the case of those locations which he side by 
 side when one surveyed center line may serve for the 
 whole group, the end lines being run from its two ends. 
 
 In the case of a whole group where the claims are irreg- 
 ularly arranged, it is well to make a closed traverse in- 
 cluding all the discovery shafts before an application for 
 an order of survey is made. This traverse is then platted 
 and the claims arranged in the manner best suited to 
 cover the veins and ground desired. The surveyor then 
 figures out the fewest lines that can possibly be run which 
 will take in all the corners and improvements. In this 
 way the running of the center line of each claim is 
 avoided. If the original traverse stakes have remained in 
 place, it is often possible to put in many of the corners 
 from them without further surveying. The surveyor must 
 also make sure that he really has a group before the 
 claimant applies for an order for survey, that is, that the 
 claims actually conflict continuously or are contiguous, i. e., 
 baring boundary lines in common, and not just corner in 
 certain cases. 
 
 After the survey is completed it is carefully platted, 
 usually on a scale of 200 feet to the inch. The use of
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 91 
 
 drawing paper on which is engraved a protractor greatly 
 facilitates the platting. The lines are carried from the 
 protractor by a parallel rule. The plat made, the figuring 
 of intersections and areas is begun. 
 
 Angles from Courses. 
 
 Before taking up patent figuring it will be well to show 
 how the angles of the various triangles are found. 
 
 To determine the value of the various angles of trian- 
 gles, the directions of whose sides are designated by 
 courses, is somewhat confusing to the beginner, especially 
 if he is not thoroughly familiar with field methods. Pig. 
 32, A, B, C and D, shows the four possible cases, the angles 
 in question being the interior angles between solid lines. 
 A shows the simplest possible case. Each course being 
 S. W., we simply subtract 20 from 60 and get the ?ngle 
 
 Fig. 32 A. 
 
 40*. In B we have a case, on each side of the north and 
 south line, and the amounts of the two courses have sim- 
 ply to be added to obtain the required angle. Thus 70*+ 
 34=104V In C the amounts of the two courses are added 
 and the sum subtracted from 180. Thus, 40+55 =95,
 
 92 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 180* 95=85, or 90 40=50, and 90 55=35', 
 35+50=85 e , the angle required. For D the included angle 
 may be obtained in three different ways. The difference in 
 course may be obtained and then subtracted from 180, 
 aa 60 8 20=40, 180 40=140', or 180 iO=120+ 
 20*=140, or 90 60 =30+90 e +20 e =140 , the angle re- 
 
 Fig. 32 C. 
 
 quired. The reverse of these methods may of course be 
 used in deriving courses from angles. 
 
 Patent Figuring of Survey No. 17846. 
 Taking Sur. No. 17846 in Plate II. as the claim to be 
 patented, the section tie from Cor. No. 1 of the claim is 
 figured by means of the missing course of the traverse 
 actually measured from the end center. Thus, beginning 
 at Cor. No. 1, thence to No. 1, thence to No. 2, thence to 
 No. 3, or the section corner, thence by missing course to 
 Cor. No. 1.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 O oo to oo -a *. o> 9> *. en en *. M to M 
 
 5 ^ 
 
 ^-ocnoio o O to 
 
 en en 
 
 H* CO 
 O J 
 
 enow o 
 
 MO CO 00 tO b COOT Pi*.-* S-"S O 
 
 enboM ^ito o en b> 'Irl 
 
 boto->]bocoi^ eoeocn 
 
 oo *.ocM<i wto o 
 
 ^i M o w 3 -3 4* toot o 
 
 *-'tobooeniobo CT'CO b 
 
 b w M 
 
 ?Ii 
 
 'oo -a *. t O 
 
 Q *. M tO *^ tO I- 1 CO 4k tO M 
 
 m^uu u 
 
 SMOSOOCD- cowoooa aa 
 
 ilR 
 
 < 
 
 f: 
 S I
 
 94 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Station. 
 Cor 1 No 1 
 
 Bourse 
 
 N. 81 
 N.50" 
 
 SO 
 54 
 
 W. 
 W. 
 
 Dist. 
 150.00 
 396.2 
 329.5 
 
 N.Lat 
 
 ' '6L98 
 211.79 
 
 S.Lat. B. 1 
 144.88 3! 
 
 D'p W.D'p 
 
 No 1 No 2 
 
 .. 391.31 
 ... 252.41 
 
 No. 2 3, Sec. Cor 
 
 log 128.89 = 2.1102J 
 log 604.90 = 2.7816* 
 
 273.77 
 144.88 
 
 128.89 
 
 144.881 38,82| 64J.7J 
 
 
 | 604.90 
 
 9.328536 = cot 77 58' 
 
 log 604.90 = 2.781684 
 sin 77 58' = 9.990351 
 
 2.791333 = log 618.49 
 Missing course = S 77 58' E 618.49 
 Sec. tie N 77* 58' W 618.49 feet 
 
 For the conflicting claim, Sur. No. 16591, the missing 
 courses (the side and end lines) of the line actually 
 traversed show us that the claim is surveyed and described 
 correctly, with an error of not more than 1 foot in 2,000. 
 
 Station. 
 116591 No. 5 
 No. 5 No. 4 
 No. 4 No. 6 
 No. 6 4 16591 
 Cor. 4 1 
 
 S. 
 S. 
 S. 
 
 s. 
 
 N. 
 
 Course. 
 29 39' E. 
 14 46' W. 
 4 8 2'W. 
 58 19' W. 
 10 15' E. 
 
 Dist. 
 217.9 
 474.8 
 703.3 
 240 
 1500 
 
 N.Lat 
 
 iiieioe 
 
 S.Lat. 
 189.35 
 459.11 
 70L55 
 126.05 
 
 E. D'p 
 
 107.78 
 '26O2 
 
 W.D'p 
 
 49.46 
 204.23 
 
 
 1476.06|1476.06| 374.701 374.70 
 
 2_16591 S -L a N 1 o in 5 
 No. 5 No. 4 
 No. 4 No. 6 
 No. 6 Cor. 3 
 
 S. 
 
 s. 
 
 s. 
 
 N. 
 
 14 46' WJ 474! 8 
 4 2' W. 703.3 
 26 53' E. 201.17 
 10 15' E. 11500 
 
 N.Lat 
 i476.'06 
 
 S.Lat. 
 135.91 
 459.11 
 701.55 
 179.42 
 
 E. D'p 
 
 ' '96! 95 
 
 26.92 
 
 W.D'p 
 187.40 
 121.01 
 49.46 
 
 32 
 
 
 1476.06|1475.99| 357.87| 357.87 
 
 Station. 
 1-16591 No 5 
 
 a 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 54 3 3' 1; 
 
 79 45' W. 
 
 23L54 
 300.00 
 
 N.Lat 
 53i38 
 
 "ifcfc 
 
 TO 
 
 187.42 
 
 W.D'p 
 
 No. 52-16591 
 2-165911-16591 
 
 | 189.29| 189.351 295.201 295.21
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 No. 6 4-16591 
 4-165913-16591 
 
 N. 26 53' W. 
 S. 58 19' W. 
 S. 79 45' E. 
 
 S.Lat.|E.D'p|W 
 53.'38[ 
 
 204.23 
 
 I 179.451 179.431 295.211 295.20 
 
 Conflict With Sur. No. 16591. 
 We are now in a position to figure the tie from Cor. 
 
 missing course as 
 
 follows : 
 
 Stat 
 1-178464 No 
 No. 1 No. 
 No. 4 No. 
 No. 5 1-16E 
 
 on. 
 1 .... 
 4 
 5 
 .91 
 
 1 Course. 
 ...3.15 E. 
 ...IN. 75 E. 
 ...IN. 14 46' E. 
 ...|N. 2939'W. 
 
 Dist. 
 150.00 
 335.6 
 474.8 
 217.9 
 
 N.Lat 
 
 S.Lat. 
 144.88 
 
 E. D'p 
 38.82 
 324.15 
 121.01 
 
 W.D'p 
 
 86.86 
 459.11 
 189.35 
 
 'ioZTS 
 
 
 
 735.321 144.881 483.981 107.78 
 144.88| 1 107.78! 
 
 
 
 
 I 590.441 | 376.201 
 
 log 590.44 = 2.771176 log 590.44 = 2.771176 
 
 log 376.20 = 2.575419 log cos 32 31' = 9.926029 
 
 cot 32 31' = 0.195757 
 
 log 700.08 
 
 2.845147 
 
 Tie N 32 30' E 700.08 feet. 
 32 30' 700. 590.37 
 
 To check 
 
 590.43 
 
 376.11 
 .04 
 
 376.15 
 
 We now figure the triangle a b c in which we have 
 the course and length of ab given, namely, N 32 30' E 
 700.08 feet. Subtracting courses to find angles, we get: 
 
 a=32 30' 
 10 15' 
 
 22 15' 
 
 b=75 00' 
 32 30' 
 
 42 30' 
 
 c= 10* 15' a= 22 15' 
 
 90' 00' b= 42 30' 
 
 15 00' = (90-V76) c=115" 15' 
 
 115 15' 
 
 sin 115 15' : 700.08 = sin 22 15' : ? 
 Bin 115 15' : 700.08 = sin 42* 30' : ? 
 
 180' 00'
 
 96 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 700.08 = 2.845147 log 700.08 = 2.845147 
 
 log sin 22 15' = 9.578236 log sin 42 30' = 9.829683 
 colog sin 115 15' = 0.043613 colog sin 15 15' = 0.043613 
 
 log 293.08 = 2.466996 log 522.90 = 2.718443 
 
 The angle e of the right triangle dec is known 
 (79 45' + 75 = 154 45' . 180 154 45' = 25* 15') 
 to be 25* 15'. We know d e is 300 feet, the width of the 
 claim, therefore 300 is multiplied by the tan e to get cd. 
 The length of the line ce may be found by multiplying 
 300 by the nat secant of e, or 300 may be divided by the 
 cos of 25 15'. 
 
 nat tan 25 15'= .47163 nat secant 25 15' = 1.105638 
 300 300 
 
 141.489 331.6914 
 
 log 300 = 2.477121 
 
 log cos 25 15' = 9.956387 
 
 log 331.69 = 2.520734 
 
 Here natural functions may be used with great advan- 
 tage, as d e is, with rare exceptions, 150, 300 or 600 feet, 
 the width of the claim. The natural tangent of e may 
 then be rapidly multiplied by 300 or 600 and in case of 
 150, quickly halved, and the half added to the tangent and 
 multiplied by 100. The secant is treated in the same way. 
 
 The triangle 1 n c is, of course, equal to the triangle 
 dec. 
 
 By subtracting 141.49 from 522.90 we get 381.41, the 
 length of the line from Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 16591, to the 
 intersection of line 1-4, Sur. No. 17846. All the sides of 
 the parallelogram c e h n are, of course, of equal length 
 and 331.69 feet. We therefore have n and h 854.59 and 
 713.10 feet, respectively, distant from Cors. Nos. 1 and 2, 
 Sur. No. 16591. By subtracting these distances from 1500, 
 we get the respective distances from Cors. Nos. 4 and 3.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 97 
 
 The distances of e and h from Cors. Nos. 1 and 2 ot 
 Sur. No. 17846 are found in the same way. 
 
 293.08 293.08 
 141.49 331.69 
 
 151.59 624.77 = distance to e 
 331.69 
 
 483.28 = distance to h 
 
 The area of the parallelogram c e h n is found by mul- 
 tiplying 331.69 by 300, the width of the claim, and dividing 
 by 43560, the number of square feet in an acre. 
 
 log 331.69 
 log 300 
 colog 43560 
 
 log 2.284 acres 
 
 = 2.520734 
 = 2.477121 
 c >f!ftni o 
 
 log 331.69 
 log 300 
 
 log 43560 
 
 = 2.520734 
 = 2.477121 
 
 
 4.997855 
 = 4.639088 
 
 = 0.358767 
 
 log 2.2S4 acres = 0.35S767 
 
 The process is somewhat simplified by adding the colog 
 as given above. 
 
 Conflict With Sur. No. 17541. 
 
 In the case of Sur. No. 17541 we find Cors. Nos. 1 and 2, 
 but not Cors. Nos. 3 and 4. The line 1-2 is found by our 
 survey to be correct and Cors. Nos. 3 and 4 are then placed 
 S 26 E 1,500 feet away as given in the notes of the survey 
 for patent of Sur. No. 17541. We then figure the tie from 
 Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 17846, to Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 17541. 
 
 Stati 
 2-17846 No. 
 No. 1 No. 
 No. 41-175 
 
 on. 
 1 
 
 Course 
 N. 15 
 N. 75 
 S. 50 16' 
 
 W, 
 
 K. 
 K. 
 
 Dist. 
 150.00 
 335.6 
 87.4 
 
 N.Latl 
 144.88 
 
 .. 8 ': 86 ! 
 
 3-Lat. 
 
 E.D-p|V 
 
 f.D'p 
 
 38.82 
 
 '55! 86 
 
 324.i5 . 
 67.21|. 
 
 11 
 
 231.741 
 55.8S| 
 
 55.86 
 
 391.361 
 38.82 
 
 38. 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 175.88! 
 
 
 352.541 

 
 98 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 175.88 = 2.245242 log 352.54 = 2.547208 
 log 352.54 = 2.547208 log sin 63 29' = 9.951728 
 
 log cot 63 29' 9.698034 log 393.98 = 2.595480 
 
 Tie N 63 29' E 393.98 feet. 
 63 29' 
 
 300. == 133.94 268.44 
 
 93. = 41.52 83.22 
 
 .98 = .44 .88 
 
 To check 175.90 352.54 
 
 We now figure the triangle j ik: 
 j=63 29' i=75 k= 26* 180 j 89 29' 
 
 26 63 29' 75 101 i= 11 31' 
 
 r- k= 79 
 
 89 29' 11 31' 101 79 
 
 180 00' 
 
 sin 79 00' : 393.98 = sin 11 31' : ? 
 sin 79 00' : 393.98 = sin 89 29' : ? 
 
 log 393.98 = 2.595480 log 393.98 = 2.595480 
 
 log sin 11 31' = 9.300276 log sin 89 29' = 9.999982 
 colog sin 79 00' = 0.008053 colog sin 79 00' = 0.008053 
 
 log 80.13 = 1.903809 log 401.34 = 2.603515 
 
 Then for the triangle pko' we have the angle k=ll 
 (75 _ 64 = 11) and as it is a right triangle, we work 
 it as in the case of the triangle dec given above. 
 
 nat tan 11 = .19438 nat sec 11* = 1.0187 
 
 300 300 
 
 58.314 305.6100 
 
 log 300 == 2.477121 
 
 log cos 11 = 9.991947 
 
 log 305.61 = 2.485174 
 
 With 80.13 from above and 138.44 (58.31+80.13) we
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 99 
 
 have the two parallel sides of the trapezoid j k p o, and 
 the area is found as follows: 
 
 138.44 log 109.28 = 2.038541 
 80.13 log 300. = 2.477121 
 colog 43560 = 5.360912 
 
 2 ) 218.57 
 
 , log .7526 = 1.876574 
 
 109.28 
 
 log 109.28 = 2.038541 
 log 300. = 2.477121 
 
 4.515662 
 log 43560 = 4.639088 
 
 log .7526 = 1.876574 
 
 To get the net area of the conflict between Sur. No. 
 17846 and Sur. No. 17541, that is, exclusive of the conflict 
 between Sur. No. 17846 and Sur. No. 16591, we must figure 
 the quadrilateral j k h r. From previous figuring we have 
 the distance from Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 17846, to k and h, 
 respectively, and by subtracting, we thus get kh to be 
 81.94 feet (483.28 401.34). From this we may figure the 
 quadrilateral in two ways, either as two triangles or by 
 prolonging it to k', and figuring the triangle j k' r. 
 
 The easiest way to figure j h is by missing course as 
 follows : 
 
 Station. 
 J k 
 
 Course. 
 S. 26 E. 
 N. 75 E. 
 
 Dist. 
 80.13 
 81.94 
 
 N.Lat 
 "21.21 
 
 iS.L,at.|E.D'p|W.D'p 
 72.02 35.13 
 1 mel 
 
 k-h 
 
 
 
 
 1 21.21 
 
 72.021 114.291 
 21.21 
 
 50.811 
 
 log 50.81 = 1.705949 log 114.29 = 2.058007 
 
 log 114.29 = 2.058007 log sin 66 2' = 9.960843 
 
 log cot 66 2' = 9.647942 log 125.07 = 2.097164
 
 100 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Course N 66 2' W 125.07 feet. 
 66 2' 100. = 40.62 
 
 25. = 10.15 
 .07 = .03 
 
 To check 
 
 50.80 
 
 91.38 
 
 22.84 
 
 .06 
 
 114.28 
 
 We find the area of j k h as follows : 
 j=66 2' k= 26 h- 66 2' 180 
 
 26 
 
 40 2' 
 
 75' 
 
 101 C 
 
 75 C 
 
 141' 2' 
 
 141 2' 38 58' 
 
 j= 40 2' 
 h= 38 58' 
 k=101* 00' 
 
 130 00' 
 
 Area = K = % (125.07 X 80.13 X sin 40 2'). 
 
 log 125.07 
 log 80.13 
 log sin 40 2' 
 colog 87120 
 
 log .0739 
 
 = 2.097164 
 = 1.903795 
 = 9.808368 
 c fir;QQQ9 
 
 log 125.07 
 log 80.13 
 log sin 40 2' 
 
 log 43560 
 
 log .1479 
 2 ) .1479 
 
 = 2.097164 
 = 1.903795 
 = 9.808368 
 
 
 3.809327 
 = 4.639088 
 
 = 1.170239 
 
 = 2.869209 
 
 .0739 acres 
 
 Here it is more convenient to add the colog of S7120 
 (43560 X 2) in place of dividing by 43560 and afterwards 
 by 2. 
 
 In the triangle j h r the area is found to be : 
 
 j= 64 180< 
 66 2' 130' 
 
 130< 
 
 49 58' 
 
 10 15' 
 66' 2' 
 
 76 17' 
 
 r=64 
 10 15' 
 
 53 45' 
 
 j= 49 58' 
 h= 76 17' 
 p= 53 45' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 Arcsi === K. 
 
 (125.07) J X sin 76 17' X sin 49 58 
 sin 53 45' 
 
 : )
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 101 
 
 log 125.07 = 2.0971641og 125.07 = 2.097164 
 
 log to square = 2.0971641og to square = 2.097164 
 log sin 76* 17' = 9.9874341og sin 76 17' = 9.987434 
 log sin 49 58' = 9.8840421og sin 49 58' = 9.884042 
 colog sin 53 45' = 0.093425 
 colog 87120 = 5.059882 
 
 log sin 53 45' 
 
 log .1656 = 1.219111 
 
 log 43560 
 
 log .3313 = 1.52014 
 
 2 ) .3313 
 
 .1656 acres 
 .0739 acres 
 
 Total area j k h r = .2395 acres 
 
 Another way of calculating the quadrilateral J k h r 
 is as follows : We first figure the triangle k k' h in which, 
 as we have seen above, we have kh = 81.94. 
 
 k= 75 180 k'=1015' h-75 k= 79 
 
 26 101 26 10 15' k'= 36 15' 
 
 h= 64 45' 
 
 101' 79 36 15' 64 45' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 sin 36 15' : 81.94 = sin 64 45' : ? 
 
 ((81.94)" x sin 79 x sin 64 45'\ 
 1 
 sin 36 15' / 
 
 log 81.94 = 1.913496 
 
 log to square = 1.913496 
 log sin 79 = 9.991947 
 log sin 64 45' = 9.956387 
 colog sin 36 15' = 0.228185 
 colog 87120 = 5.059882 
 
 log .115 = 1.063393 
 
 .115 = area k k' h
 
 102 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 81.94 = 
 
 log sin 64 45' = 
 colog sin 36 15' = 
 
 log 125.35 = 
 
 2.098068 
 
 jk = 80.13 
 kk' = 125.35 
 
 jk' = 205.48 
 
 For the triangle j k' r we thus have the base from 
 which we figure the area. 
 
 log 205.48 = 2.312769 
 log tan 36 15' = 9.865240 
 log 205.48 = 2.312769 
 
 colog 87120 = 5.059882 
 
 area jk'r = .355 acres 
 area kk'h = .115 acres 
 
 area jkhr = .240 acres 
 
 log .355 
 
 1.550660 
 
 This result checks the first method and gives another 
 method which frequently has to be used. 
 
 Conflict With Sur. No. 12716. 
 
 Taking next our conflict with Sur. No. 12716, we figure 
 the missing course from Cor. No. 4, Sur. No. 17846, to 
 Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 12716, using our tie made on the 
 ground from No. 8. We assume that we have found the 
 boundaries of Sur. No. 12716 to be correct. 
 
 Station. 
 4-17846 -No. 9 
 No. 9 No. 8 
 No. 82-12716 
 
 Course. 
 S. 15 B. 
 S. 75 W. 
 N. 40 32' W. 
 
 Dist. IN.Lat 
 150.001 
 458.00 
 62.3 | 47.35 
 
 S.Lat. 
 144.88 
 118.54 
 
 E.D'p|W.D'p 
 
 ....'... 1442.39 
 1 40.48 
 
 log 216.07 
 log 444.05 
 
 log 444.05 = 2.647432 
 
 log sin 64 03' = 9.953845 
 
 log cot 64 03' = 9.687163 log 493.84 = 2.693587
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 103 
 
 Course S 64 03' W 493.84 feet. 
 64 03' 
 
 400 = 175.04 359.67 
 
 93 = 40.69 83.62 
 
 .84 = .36 .75 
 
 To check 216.09 444.04 
 
 The triangles w x z and w x y may be worked at the 
 same time and the triangle y z x afterwards calculated 
 as a check and for area. 
 
 w=75 
 64* 03' 
 
 x=64 03' 
 51 
 
 y= 51 
 90 
 
 w= 10 57' 
 x= 13 03' 
 
 10 57' 
 
 13 03' 
 
 z= 75 180 
 39 114 
 
 156 
 x= 64 03' 
 39 
 
 75) y 156 
 
 180 00' 
 w= 10 57' 
 z= 66 
 iny riQ' 
 
 114 66 103 03' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 sin 156 : 493.84 = sin 10 57' : ? 
 
 sin 156* : 493.84 = sin 13 03' : ? 
 
 ein 66 : 493.84 = sin 10 57' : ? 
 
 sin 66 : 493.84 = sin 103 03' : ? 
 
 log 493.84 = 2.693587 log 493.84 = 2.693587 
 
 log sin 10 57' = 9.278644 log sin 13* 03' = 9.353726 
 colog sin 156 = 0.390687 colog sin 156 = 390687 
 
 log 230.63 = 2.362918 log 274.16 = 2.438000 
 
 log 493.84 2.693587 log 493.84 = 2.693587 
 
 log sin 10 57' = 9.278644 log sin 103 03' = 9.988636 
 
 colog sin 66 = 0.039270 colog sin 66 = 0.039270 
 
 log 102.68 = 2.011501 log 526.61 = 2.721493 
 
 the right triangle yzx we have from above zx =
 
 104 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 102.68 = 
 
 log tan 66 = 
 
 log 230.63 = 
 
 log 102.68 = 
 
 log 230.63 = 
 
 colog 87120 = 
 
 log .2718 
 .2718 
 
 2.011501 
 10.351417 
 
 2.362918 
 
 = 1.434301 
 rea y z x 
 
 log 102.68 
 log cos 66 
 
 log 252.47 
 
 274.16 
 252.47 
 
 2.402188 
 
 526.63 To check 
 
 Conflict With Sur. No. 1462. 
 
 In the case of the conflict with Sur. No. 1462, no cor- 
 ners, bearing trees, or bearing rocks could be found, neither 
 could the discovery shaft be identified. The conflict, there- 
 fore, must be figured according to its patented or descrip- 
 tive position and from its section tie. This patented posi- 
 tion of Sur. No. 1462 may or may not be its true position, 
 depending on the accuracy of the section tie. In this case 
 a traverse is made from Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 1462, to section 
 corner (by means of its section tie), thence by section tie 
 to Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 17846, thence along lines 1-4 and 4-3, 
 Sur. No. 17846, thence by missing course to Cor. No. 1, 
 Sur. No. 1462. 
 
 Station. 
 1-1462 Sec. Cor 
 Sec. Cor. 1-17846 
 12-17846 
 23-17846 
 
 Course. | Dist. 
 N. 87 14' W. 12006. 4 
 S. 77 58' E. 618.49 
 N. 75" B. 1500.00 
 S. 15 E. 1 300.00 
 
 |N.Lat 
 96.85 
 
 '388!23 
 
 S.Lat. 
 'i28.89 
 '289" 78 
 
 E.D'plW.D'p 
 2004.06 
 604.90 
 1448.85 
 77.64| 
 
 
 
 485.08 
 418.67 
 
 66.41 
 
 418.67 
 
 2131.39 
 2004.06 
 
 127.33 
 
 2004.06 
 
 log 66.41 = 1.822233 
 
 log 127.33 = 2.104928 
 
 log cot 62 27'= 9.717305 
 
 log 127.33 = 2.104928 
 
 log sin 62 27' = 9.947731 
 
 log 143.61 
 
 = 2.157197
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 1C5 
 
 Course S. 62 27' W. 143.61 feet. 
 2 27' 
 
 100. = 46.25 88.66 
 
 43. = 19.89 38.12 
 
 .61 = .28 .54 
 
 To check 66.42 127.32 
 
 From this the triangles u s t and v s t are figured. 
 
 v=32< 
 15" 
 
 47 C 
 
 u=75 
 32 
 
 43 C 
 
 s=62 27' 
 32 00' 
 
 t=15 
 62 27' 
 
 180 
 77 27' 
 
 30 27' 
 
 180 
 43 
 
 137 = 
 
 77 27' 102 C 
 
 t=75 
 62 27' 
 
 sin 137 : 143.61 = sin 30 27' 
 sin 137 e : 143.61 = sin 12 33' 
 
 12 33' 
 
 sin 47 : 143.61 = sin 102 33' : ? 
 Bin 47 : 143.61 = sin 30 27' : ? 
 
 v= 47 
 s= 30' 27' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 t= 12 33' 
 s= 30* 27' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 log 143.61 
 log Bin 30 27' 
 colog sin 137 
 
 log 106.74 
 
 log 143.61 
 log sin 102 33' 
 colog sin 47 
 
 - 
 
 2.157197 
 9.704825 
 0.166217 
 
 log 143.61 
 log sin 12 33' 
 colog sin 137 
 
 log 45.76 
 
 log 143.61 
 log sin 30 27' 
 colog sin 47 
 
 = 2.157197 
 = 9.337043 
 = 0.166217 
 
 2.028239 
 
 2.157197 
 9.989497 
 0.135873 
 
 = 1.660457 
 
 = 2.157197 
 = 9.704825 
 = 0.135873 
 
 log 191.67 
 
 = 2.282567 log 99.52 
 
 1.997895 
 
 In triangle utv we have: 
 
 log 106.74 = 
 log tan 43 = 
 
 2.028239 
 9.969656 
 
 log 99.52 = 1.997895 
 
 log 106.74 = 2.028239 
 log cos 43 = 9.864127 
 
 log 145.92 = 2.1G4112
 
 106 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 106.74 = 2.028239 
 log 99.52 = 1.997895 
 colog 87120 = 5.059882 
 
 To check 145.92 = uv 
 45.76 = su 
 
 191.68: 
 
 log .1219 = 1.086016 
 
 .1219 acres = area triangle u t v 
 
 Conflict With Sur. No. 17560. 
 
 For Sur. No. 17560 we first find the course and dis- 
 tance from Cor. No. 3, Sur. No. 17846, to Cor. No. 4, Sur. 
 No. 17560, as follows: 
 
 4-17 
 No. 
 No. 
 
 Station. 
 560 No. 8 ... 
 
 
 Course. 
 N. 45 10' W. 
 N. 75 E. 
 S. 15 E. 
 
 Dial. 
 149.5 
 458.0 
 150.00 
 
 N.Lat S.Ls 
 105.40 
 118.55 
 144. 
 
 t. E.D'p 
 
 .'.' '442.'39 
 88 38.82 
 
 W.D'p 
 106.02 
 
 8 No 9 
 
 
 93-17560 ... 
 
 
 
 223.951 144. 
 144. 88J 
 
 88 481.211 106.02 
 106.02J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 79.071 
 
 375.19 
 
 
 log 
 log 
 
 log 
 
 79.07 
 375.19 
 
 cot 78 06' 
 
 = 1.898012 
 = 2.574251 
 
 log 375.19 
 log sin 78 06' 
 
 log 383.43 
 
 = 2.574251 
 = 9.990565 
 
 = 9.323761 
 
 = 2.583686 
 
 S 78 6' W 383.43 = course 
 78 6' 
 300. = 61.86 
 83. = 17.11 
 .43 = .08 
 
 293.55 
 81.21 
 .42 
 
 79.05 
 
 375.18 
 
 For the triangle 
 
 ABt 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A=75 00' 
 34 08' 
 
 B=180 00' 
 78 06' 
 
 t=78 { 
 75 C 
 
 06' 
 00' 
 
 A= 4 
 B=13 
 
 52' 
 6 02' 
 3 06' 
 
 00<r 
 
 
 40 52' 
 
 101 54' 3' 
 34' 8' 
 
 06' 
 
 18 
 
 136 02'
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 107 
 
 sin 40 52' : 383.43 = sin 136 02' : ? 
 sin 40 52' : 383.43 = sin 3 06' : ? 
 
 log 383.43 = 2,583686 log 383.43 = 2.583686 
 
 log sin 136 02' = 9. 841509 log sin 3 06' = 8.733027 
 colog sin 40 52' = 0.184222 colog sin 40 52' = 0.184222 
 
 log 406.83 = 2.609417 
 
 log 31.69 = 1.500935 
 
 For the triangle DAE: 
 
 
 D= 75 00' 180 00' 
 
 A=75 00' E=34 08' 
 
 75 45' 150 45' 
 
 34 08' 75 45' 
 
 150 % 45' 29 15' 
 
 40 52' 109 53' 
 
 318.98=E B 
 
 D= 29 15' 
 
 31.69=B A 
 
 A= 40 52' 
 
 , 
 
 E=109 53' 
 
 287.29=E A 
 
 
 
 180* 00' 
 
 sin 29 15' : 287.29 = sin 109 
 
 53' : ? 
 
 sin 29 15' : 287.29 = sin 40* 
 
 52' : ? 
 
 log 287.29=2.458320 
 
 log 287.29=2.458320 
 
 log sin 109* 53'=9.973307 
 
 log sin 40 52'=9.815778 
 
 colog sin 29 15'=0.311028 
 
 colog sin 29 15'=0.311028 
 
 log 
 
 552.91=2.742655 log 
 
 384.70=2.585126 
 
 In order to ascertain the intersection of line 6-1-Sur No. 
 17560 and line 4-1-Sur No. 17846, prolong line 6-1-Sur No. 
 17560 with dotted lines until it touches line 2-3-Sur No. 
 17846. Thus we have the triangle G D F of which we have 
 the side G D as follows: 
 
 500.00=5-6-17560. 
 
 384.70=D E 
 
 75 45' 
 36 00' 
 
 39 45' 
 
 115.30=G D 
 D= 75 45' 180 00' 
 75* 00' 150 45' 
 
 150 45' 29 15' 
 
 *= 75' 00' G= 39 45' 
 36 00' D= 29 15' 
 
 F=lll 00' 
 
 HI" 00' 
 
 180' 00'
 
 108 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 sin 111 : 115.30 = sin 39 45' : ? 
 
 sin 111 : 115.30 = sin 29" 15' : ? 
 
 log 115.30=2.061829 log 115.30=2.061829 
 
 log sin 39 45'=9.805799 log sin 29 15'=9.688972 
 
 colog sin 111=0.029848 colog sin 111=0.029848 
 
 log 78.97-1.897476 log 60.35=1.780649 
 
 In the right triangle J F H 36 15=21, J H=300 ft., 
 
 nat. tan. 21=0.38386 nat. secant 21 9 =1.071145 
 
 300 300 
 
 115.158 321.3435 
 
 321.34=J F 
 60.35=G F 
 
 260.99=J G=cor. No. 6-17560 to line 4-1-17846. 
 
 In figuring the triangle A B t we find cor. No. 2-17846 
 to A=1500 
 
 406.84=At 
 
 1093.17=2-17648 A 
 From cor. No. 2-17846 to D we have: 
 
 1093.17=2-17648-A 
 552.91=D A 
 
 540.26=2-17648-D 
 
 In the triangle G D F we find F D, and in the triangle 
 J H F we find H F 
 
 FD= 78.97 cor. No. 2-17846 to D-540.26 
 
 HF=115.15 HD=194.12 
 
 HD=194.12 cor. No. 2-17846-H=346.14= 
 
 cor. No. 1-17846 to line 6-1-17560.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 109 
 
 In the triangle J K L line J K is drawn parallel to line 
 1-2-17560. 
 
 L= 36 00' 180 J= 40 52' 
 
 75 00' 111 K= 70 08' 
 
 , L=69 00' 
 
 40 52' 70 08' 111 00' 69 
 
 180 00' 
 
 sin 69 : 318.98 = sin 40* 52' : ? 
 sin 69 : 318.98 = sin 70 08' : ? 
 
 log 318.98=2.503764 log 318.98-2.503764 
 
 log sin 40 52'=9.815778 log sin 70 08'=9.973352 
 colog sin 69=0.029848 colog sin 69=0.029848 
 
 log 223.55=2.349390 log 321.34=2.506964 
 
 1000.00=6-l-Sur. No. 17560 
 260.99=J G 
 
 739.01=l-Sur. No. 17560 to 1-4-Sur. No. 17846. 
 223.55=K L 
 
 962.56=2-Sur. No. 17560 to 1-4-Sur. No. 17846. 
 
 346.14=l-Sur. No. 17846 to line 6-1-Sur No. 17560. 
 321.34=J L 
 
 667.48=l-Sur. No. 17846 to line 2-3 Sur. No. 17560. 
 
 1000 
 962.56 
 
 37.44=3-Sur. No. 17560-line 4-1- Sur. No. 17846. 
 
 Areas of Sur. No. 17560. 
 
 We first figure the area of the trapezoid J L 3 6 and the 
 parallelogram represented by cors. Nos. 3, 4, 5 and 6 of 
 Sur. No. 17560. 
 
 260.99=J 6 log 149.21= 2.173798 
 
 37.44=L 3 log 300= 2.477121 
 
 colog 43560= 5.360912 
 
 2 ) 298.43 
 
 log 1.027= 0.011831 
 149.21
 
 110 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 500 
 300 
 
 150000 = 5.176091 
 
 colog 43560= 5.360912 
 
 log 3.443= 0.537003 
 
 Area for the triangle DAE 
 log 552.91= 2.742655 
 
 log 287.29= 2.458320 
 
 log sin 40 52'= 9.815778 
 colog 87120= 5.059882 
 
 log 
 
 1.193= 0.076635 
 
 1.027 
 3.443 
 
 4.470 
 1.193 
 
 3.277=Total area in con- 
 flict between Surs. Nos 
 17846 and 17560. 
 
 To find the area in conflict between Sur. No. 16591 and 
 Sur. No. 17560 within Sur. No. 17846, we figure the area of 
 the triangle J e N. 
 
 75 180 e 
 36 lll c 
 
 111 69 C 
 
 e=75 00' N=36 00' 
 10 15' 10 15' 
 
 64 45' 
 
 46 15' 
 
 J=69 
 e=64 45' 
 N=46* 15' 
 
 624.77=l-Sur. No. 178462-3-16591 
 346.14=l-Sur. No. 178466-1-17560. 
 
 278.63=J e 
 sin 46* 15' 
 
 278.63 = sin 64 45' 
 
 log 278.63=2.445028 
 
 log sin 64 45'=9.956387 
 colog sin 46 15'=0.141244 
 
 log 
 
 348.87=2.542659 
 
 In the triangle G N M 
 348.87=J N G=75 45' 
 
 260.99=J G 36 00' 
 
 log 
 
 log sin 
 log 
 colog 
 
 log 
 
 N=36 00' 
 10 15' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 278.63=2.445028 
 
 69=9.970151 
 
 348.87=2.542659 
 
 87120=5.059882 
 
 87.88=G N 
 
 39 45' 
 
 46 15' 
 
 1.041=0.017720 
 
 M=75* 45' 
 10 15' 
 
 86 00'
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. Ill 
 
 G= 39* 45' 
 
 N= 46 15' 180 
 
 M= 94 00' 86 
 
 180 00' 94 
 
 ((87.88)'xsin 39 45'xsin 46 15'\ 
 1 
 sin 94 / 
 
 log 87.88=- 1.943890 
 
 log to square == 1.943890 1.041 area J e N. 
 
 log sin 39 45'= 9.805799 .041=area G M N. 
 
 log sin 46 15'= 9.858756 
 
 colog sin 94= 0.001059 1.000=net area in conflict 
 
 colog 87120= 5.059882 of Stirs. Nos. 17560 and 
 
 , 16591 within Sur. No. 
 
 log .0410= 2.613276 17846. 
 
 We now figure the area in conflict of Sur. No. 17560 and 
 sur. No. 17541 within Sur. No. 17846 which is Q o p D G. 
 
 By previous work we have found the total conflict of 
 Sur. No. 17541 and Sur. No. 17846 to be .752 acres. We 
 have also found the area of the quadrilateral j r h k to be 
 .240 acres. We must now find the area of Q r M G. In 
 order to figure the area of the triangle Q r N it is necessary 
 to find the length of one side, which we will take r N. In 
 previous figuring the area of the triangle j r h was obtained 
 and from the data used in that work we find the side r h 
 as follows: 
 
 h=10 15' 
 66 02' 
 
 j= 64 00' 
 66 02' 
 
 180 00' r=64' 00' 
 130 02' 10 15' 
 
 130 02' 
 
 49 C 58' 53 45' 
 
 sin 53 45' 
 
 : 125.07 = sin 49* 58' : ? 
 
 log 
 log sin 
 colog sin 
 
 125.07=2.097164 
 49 5S'=9.884042 
 53 45'=0.093425 
 
 76 17' 
 
 j=49 58' 
 r=53 45' 
 h=76 17' 
 
 log 118.75=2.074631 ISO 9 00'
 
 112 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 In the small triangle F h N we must obtain the side h N. 
 We have the side F h as follows: 
 
 483.29=2-Sur. No. 17846 to line 2-3 Sur. No. 16591. 
 461.29=2 Sur. No. 17846 to F. 
 
 22.00=F 
 
 F= 75 
 
 36 
 
 111 
 Sin 46 1! 
 
 log 
 log sin 
 colog sin 
 
 log 
 
 r=64 00' 
 10 15' 
 
 h. 
 
 180 h=75 00' 
 111 10 15' 
 
 N=36 00' 
 10 15' 
 
 F=69 00' 
 h=64* 45' 
 N=46 15' 
 
 69 e 64 45' 
 
 >' : 22.00 = Sin 69 : ? 
 
 22.00=1.342423 
 69=9.970152 
 
 46 15' 
 
 180 
 
 100 
 
 180 00' 
 
 Nh= 28.44 
 h r=118.75 
 
 
 r N 1 47 1Q 
 
 28.44=1.453819 
 
 N=10 15' Q= 64 
 36 00' 36 
 
 r= 53 45 
 N= 46* 15' 
 
 r\ OAO nn 
 
 53 45' 
 Area tria' 
 
 46 15' 100 80 
 180 00' 
 / (147.19) 2 xsin 53 45'xsin 46 15'X 
 nele O r N Ul 1 
 
 Sin 80 00' 
 
 log 147.19= 2.167878 
 
 leg to square = 2.167878 
 log sin 53 45'= 9.906575 
 log sin 46 15'= 9.858756 
 colog sin 80= 0.006649 
 colog 87120= 5.059882 
 
 log 
 
 .1471= 1.167618 
 
 Subtracting from this the area of triangle G M N found 
 in previous work to be .0410 acres, we have: 
 .1471 
 .0410 
 
 .1061 acres=Q r M G
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 113 
 
 In the small triangle h M D we have h D= 
 540.26=2-17846 to D 
 483.29=2-17846 to h 
 
 h=75 00' 
 10 15' 
 
 64 45' 
 h=64 45' 
 M=86 00' 
 D=29' 15' 
 
 56.97=h D 
 
 M=75 45' 
 10 15' 
 
 86* 00' 
 
 150" 45' 
 
 180 00' 
 150 45' 
 
 29 15' 
 
 180 00' 
 Area=% 
 
 (56.97) 2 xsin 64 45'xsin 29 15 
 
 Sin 86 
 
 log 56.97= 
 
 log to square = 
 sin 64 45' = 
 
 sin 29 15= 
 
 colog sin 
 colog 
 
 86 C 
 
 1.755646 
 1.755646 
 9.956387 
 9.688972 
 0.001059 
 
 87120= 5.059882 
 
 log 
 
 .0165= 2.217592 
 
 .752=area j k o p 
 .240=area j r h k 
 
 .512=area r h o p 
 .016=area h M D 
 
 .496=area r o p D M 
 .106=area Q r M G 
 
 .602=area Q o p D G 
 
 We therefore have found the total area in conflict of 
 Sur. No. 17846 and Sur. No. 17560 to be 3.277 acres. 
 
 The net area in conflict of Surs. Nos. 17560 and 16591 
 within Sur. No. 17648 to be 1.000 acres. 
 
 The total conflict of Surs. Nos. 17560 and 17541 within 
 Sur. No. 17846 to be .602 acres, and the net conflict of Surs. 
 Nos. 17560 and 17541, within Sur. No. 17846, (that is, ex- 
 clusive of Q r M G, .106 acres) to be .496 acres. 
 
 Therefore the net conflict of Surs. Nos. 17560 and 
 17846 is: 
 1.000 acres=J e M G 3.277 acres 
 
 .496 acres=r o p D M 1.496 acres 
 
 1.496 acres 
 
 1.781 acres, net conflict.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 1 H : I : 1 1 
 "Ijl : ill 
 
 M 
 
 i 
 
 
 ^ r 
 
 3 : !5 ij* : i 
 
 * Mi ill;; 
 
 5 <5 : : S : H * : : 
 
 II 1 i 
 
 Q 
 
 II 
 
 
 Is 
 
 g -g^SSoSoSS 
 
 1.1 
 
 
 
 
 f ^ S 5 S ; ! I : 
 5 1 5 S-5 : : : i 
 
 il 
 
 1 S3 
 
 g I ... .. -0- 
 
 
 | f - M : iii| 
 
 1 
 
 i-5!;S::ll 
 
 I I 
 
 3 . ' : r : S . : 
 
 1 
 
 I ^ : ^ ' :| ~ ! 
 
 1 
 
 o 2S25SS^*1 
 
 
 | a~S2SS-g 
 
 
 s i i ; : i 
 
 
 & : : : : i i 
 
 

 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 115 
 
 The area statement for Sur. No. 17846 would be as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Total area Sur. No. 17846 10.330 acres 
 
 Area in conflict with 
 
 Sur. No. 1462 122 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 12716 272 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 16591 2.284 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17541 752 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17541 (exclusive of its conflict with 
 
 Sur. No. 16591) 513 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17560 3.277 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17560 (exclusive of its conflict with 
 
 Sur. No. 16591) 2.277 " 
 
 Sur. No. 17560 (exclusive of its conflict with 
 
 Sur. No. 17541) 2.675 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17560 (exclusive of its conflict with 
 
 Surs. Nos. 16591 and 17541) 1.781 " 
 
 Total area Sur. No. 17846 10.330 ' 
 
 Less area in conflict with 
 
 Sur. No. 1462 122 acres 
 
 Sur. No. 12716 272 " 
 
 Sur. No. 16591 2.284 ' 
 
 Sur. No. 17541 513 " 
 
 Sur. No. 17560 1.781 " =4.972 " 
 
 Net area lode claim 5.358 ' 
 
 In case of an irregular mill site or placer the calcula- 
 tions of the area by double meridian distances must be 
 handed in with the field notes. The calculations have been 
 taken up under mill sites and placers. 
 
 It is well to be systematic in making and filing the above 
 calculations. Many prefer books of uniform size, but here 
 it is very difficult for more than one person to work on the 
 same case at the same time and keep the calculations to- 
 gether in the same book. It is also difficult to copy from 
 one page to another as is often necessary. The writer pre- 
 fers to use traverse blanks printed and blocked. On these 
 the traverse is first worked and the triangles and areas 
 figured underneath on the same sheet. These sheets are 
 then filed in Congress manilla envelopes in document files.
 
 116 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 In this way any number of people may work on the same 
 case without getting into each other's way. The papers of 
 each survey are kept together in order, and all useless 
 figuring and any calculations found to be in error are de- 
 stroyed and do not encumber the record. 
 
 Miscellaneous on Patents. 
 
 Various points may arise in figuring or writing up the 
 notes that need attention. For example, it frequently hap- 
 pens that by excluding areas in the usual way a discovery 
 shaft is excluded. To avoid this, a tract is made around 
 the discovery shaft, and one corner of the tract is tied to 
 a corner of the claim, and the tract described by metes and 
 bounds. In Fig. 33, if either A or B excludes the other then 
 
 Fig. 33. 
 
 they respectively exclude their discovery shafts. To avoid 
 this the conflict is described as follows:
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 117 
 
 Total area A lode 5.165 acres 
 
 Area in conflict with 
 
 Trace C (hereinafter described) 310 " 
 
 B lode of this survey 840 
 
 B lode of this survey (exclusive of its conflict, 
 
 with tract C) 530 " 
 
 Total area A lode 5.165 
 
 Less area in conflict with Tract C . . . .310 
 
 Net area A lode 4.855 acres 
 
 This tracting of the discovery is useful sometimes in 
 conflict with a location survey. If A above is a location sur- 
 vey, a small tract, just large enough, may be made round 
 the discovery shaft of B and not excluded with the re- 
 remainder of the conflict of A with B. This small reserva- 
 tion, which may not be over ten feet square is usually not 
 objected to by the owner of the location, and might even 
 be deeded back to him after the patent is issued. 
 
 During the period that conflicts were figured in the de- 
 scriptive positions by their section ties as stated before, 
 tracts were frequently employed to exclude the conflicting 
 claim or claims in their true positions. Thus when figuring 
 the position from the section ties showed no conflict, but 
 the corners on the ground clearly showed a conflict, this 
 was excluded as a tract. Tracts are frequently employed 
 to exclude any desired area other than that embraced in an 
 officially surveyed claim. 
 
 In case the discovery is unavoidably excluded the claim 
 may still be patented according to the present rulings of 
 the general land office by producing proofs that there is a 
 valid discovery of mineral at some other point on the center 
 line not excluded. 
 
 Here it may be observed that for about five years be- 
 tween June, 1899, and August, 1904, the general land office 
 required all claims to be figured according to their patented 
 positions, as we have figured Sur. No. 1462, regardless of 
 the existence or position of the monuments on the ground.
 
 118 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 As the section ties of many claims varied from a few feet 
 to many thousand feet from the correct distance, the official 
 plats issued during the period mentioned above, often give 
 a very erroneous idea of the conditions actually existing on 
 the ground. The surveyor dealing with claims surveyed 
 within the time mentioned must bear clearly in mind the 
 conditions under which the surveys were made. 
 
 In case errors are found in the surveying and descrip- 
 tion of conflicts, the conflicting claim must be platted and 
 figured as actually found on the ground, and a note added 
 to the field notes filed with the surveyor's general office 
 about as follows: 
 
 I find the following errors in the lines of former ap- 
 proved surveys: 
 
 Sur. No. 16162, Alice Lode: 
 
 Line 1-2, S16 10'W 147.8 ft. instead of S16 50'W 150 ft., 
 as approved. 
 
 Line 2-3, S73 50'W 1506 ft. instead of S73 10'W 1500 
 ft., as approved, etc. 
 
 The deputy who made the conflicting survey which is 
 found to be in error then files amended notes covering the 
 errors in question. In case he does not admit that there is 
 an error, a joint survey is called for at the expense of the 
 one who is found to be wrong. 
 
 Deputy surveyors, however, rarely require an official 
 joint survey to settle their differences, and disagreements 
 are as a rule arranged privately and the reports made in ac- 
 cordance with the facts. Here it must be remembered that 
 an error of one in two thousand or about two minutes in 
 course is allowed by the surveyor general. Thus it is evi- 
 dent that two surveyors may differ from each other one in 
 one thousand or three minutes in course and yet be within 
 the limit of allowable error. 
 
 All the intersections and areas having been figured for 
 the claim, a plat is made on tracing cloth, the dull side, and 
 the notes are written up as in the example of field notes 
 given later.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 119 
 
 In case the claim has been narrowed on one side and 
 the vein and therefore the discovery is not in the center 
 of the claim, a tie must be given to it from some corner of 
 the survey. 
 
 Claims are frequently cut short when on account of con- 
 flicts no acreage is obtained by patenting the full length. 
 This of course often reduces the amount of figuring neces- 
 sary, but it is sometimes objected to by the claimant as he 
 frequently thinks it desirable to be able to state that he has 
 a claim 1500 feet long even if it gives him no more acreage 
 than if the claim were only 800 feet in length and on clear 
 ground. It must here be remembered that Curing many 
 years the general land office required all claims either 
 to cross a conflicting claim completely with the center 
 line, or else cut off the claim at the point where the center 
 line intersected the boundary lines of the conflicting claim. 
 In fact for a brief period no crossings at all were allowed 
 by the general land office. 
 
 In case the claim has been cut off for any reason, a tie 
 must be given in every case from the corner set to the 
 original corner of the location. 
 
 It is sometimes advisable in very complicated cases to 
 write up the notes in advance of the actual figuring, leaving 
 blank spaces which are filled systematically as the calcula- 
 tions proceed. In this way repetitions and omissions are 
 avoided. 
 
 In the matter of improvements, the so-called "$500 
 worth of work," the land office is constantly changing its 
 opinion. For many years $500 worth of work sufficed for a 
 whole group of locations, no matter how many, provided 
 that the work was done for their common benefit. This 
 was in accordance with a decision of the Supreme Court 
 of the United States, which regarded a group of locations 
 as one claim. At present $500 worth of work is required 
 for each claim, though it need not necessarily be on each
 
 120 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 claim. A tunnel can thus be used to patent a whole group, 
 provided there is $500 worth of work which can be shown to 
 be for the benefit of each location, or a total of as many dol- 
 lars as there are locations in the group multiplied by $500. 
 In case this mutual benefit cannot be shown for certain 
 locations, other work must be in evidence. It cannot be too 
 strongly stated that the utmost care must be taken by the 
 deputy surveyor in preparing his mutual benefit statement 
 to bring out strongly the fact of the mutual benefit of the 
 improvements in the event that there is not actually $500 
 worth of work on each claim. Neglect of this has caused 
 a great deal of trouble in the subsequent dealings with the 
 general land office. When the claim being patented is con- 
 tiguous to a patented claim belonging to the same claimant, 
 work done on the patented claim may apply towards the 
 $500 worth of improvements, provided the work has never 
 been used in patenting any other claim, and also provided 
 that it can be shown to be of benefit for the claim in ques- 
 tion, and both these facts must be stated in the field notes. 
 This can be done only when the claims are contiguous, and 
 under the same ownership, or, when not contiguous, in the 
 case of a tunnel,. when the work is actually under the claims 
 being patented. 
 
 All of the improvements need not be used in patenting 
 if there is a possibility of their being used later on for 
 other claims as five hundred dollars expenditure. Where 
 there is a chance of this in the future it is well to claim 
 only enough improvements necessary to patent the claim 
 in question. 
 
 At the time the survey is approved the required $500 
 for each location may not have been completed, or it may 
 happen that more improvements are required at a later 
 date by the General Land Office. In this case the surveyor 
 makes a supplementary affidavit of labor. This is made on 
 a form furnished by the Surveyor's General Office, and the 
 surveyor repeats or revises all the data given in the ap-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 121 
 
 proved field notes, and then adds the description of the 
 new work. He also states, as is required, that the work 
 was completed before the period of advertising expired. 
 
 Should it be desired to take the whole or any portion 
 of a piece of ground that has been surveyed and advertised 
 for patent, though no patent has actually issued, it is usu- 
 ally necessary to have the application for this claim can- 
 celled before the ground or any portion of it can be included 
 in a later application. 
 
 The surveyor must be careful in the case of mill sites 
 to see that it is clearly shown that they are used for min- 
 ing purposes and not just to take up land or water. They 
 may legitimately contain mills and reduction works, 
 dumps, necessary roads, cabins, storehouses, etc., actually 
 used in connection with mining operations, and the fact 
 must in each case be clearly shown. 
 
 Mill sites will not be allowed at the present writing to 
 touch the side line of any location in the same group in 
 which they are being patented, nor can they be placed on 
 the end of any claim. A slight space between in each of 
 the above cases will probably avoid difficulty. 
 
 Adverses and Protests. 
 
 In surveys for adverse the claim adversing is tied to 
 the official survey adversed exactly as described in pre- 
 vious sections, and the area in conflict figured in the same 
 way. Improvements should be also noted as in patent 
 surveys. The net area in conflict is then described by 
 metes and bounds and this description had best be trav- 
 ersed carefully to make sure of a closure. An adverse plat 
 is finally prepared usually on a scale of 200 feet to the inch 
 on tracing cloth and the area in conflict colored. The dep- 
 uty surveyor signs a statement as follows: 
 
 I hereby certify that the above diagram correctly rep- 
 resents the conflict claimed to exist between the Little 
 Annie lode and the Belle lode as actually surveyed by me.
 
 122 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 And I further certify that the value of the labor and im- 
 provements on the Little Annie lode made by the adverse 
 claimant (and his grantors) is not less than one hundred 
 dollars. JOHN SMITH, 
 
 United States Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 
 When time is lacking to figure the conflict completely, 
 the adverse plat with simply the ties and boundaries of 
 the conflicting claims, and the improvements of the claim 
 adversing may be filed and the complete description sent 
 in later. In case it is impossible to make the adverse sur- 
 vey, as, for example, on account of deep snow, the best 
 statement possible of the facts should be made at once and 
 a proper survey made later. The attorney for the claimant 
 prepares all the papers in an adverse suit, as well as in 
 a protest suit, which latter, from the standpoint of the 
 surveyor, is practically the same as an adverse suit, and 
 the surveyor simply supplies him with the plat and the 
 description of the conflict. 
 
 The deputy surveyor who is surveying claims for pat- 
 ent should avoid all possible cause for adverse or protest 
 proceedings by leaving out all ground clearly belonging 
 to others. In spite of his best efforts his claims will occa- 
 sionally be adversed and his advice may be called for in 
 connection with the settlement of the case, or he may be 
 cited as a witness. Should the case be fought to a finish 
 in the courts, he has no influence. In case of a compro- 
 mise, by which the claimant patenting loses the area in 
 conflict or any portion of it, the simplest solution is usually 
 to deed this area to the contestant after the receiver's re- 
 ceipt is issued. In case the area is simply left out in the 
 final application to purchase, the land office will call for an 
 amended plat at some later date, with attendant delay and 
 expense. This amended plat will be called for in any case 
 where any area is excluded in the final application to pur- 
 chase, and which is not shown in the field notes approved
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 123 
 
 by the Surveyor General. While this is all part of the 
 attorney's work, and has really nothing to do with the 
 actual surveying, it is well for the surveyor to keep in 
 mind the probable subsequent actions of the General Land 
 Office in order to provide for the best interests of his 
 clients.
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 Patent Field Notes. 
 
 The following is a set of field notes according to the 
 present requirements of the General Land Office. (See 
 plate III.) 
 
 (Application for Survey.) 
 
 Notice. 
 
 Applicants are requested to mention in one application 
 the name or names of the locations constituting the entire 
 claim of which they desire an official survey, and are ad- 
 vised that several locations can be embraced in a single 
 survey only when the same are contiguous i. e., such as 
 conflict or adjoin. Therefore, to obviate confusion and de- 
 lay, strictly observe the foregoing in filling applications for 
 orders for surveys. 
 
 January 25th, 1893. 
 To the U. S. Surveyor-General, 
 
 District of Colorado, Denver. 
 Sir: 
 
 You are requested to issue an order for an official sur- 
 vey of the mining claim of T. E. Jenkins et al upon the 
 Cumro Placer, and Poorman, Hawley, Aetna, and Podunk 
 lodes, and the Poorman mill site, located in Pike's Peak 
 Mining District, E.I Paso County, Pueblo Land District, 
 Colorado. 
 
 I herewith transmit CERTIFIED copies of the Location 
 Certificates of said claim, and have deposited for office 
 fees on same, $160.00 to the credit of the Treasurer of the 
 United States at the First National Bank (U. S. Deposi- 
 tory), with request that duplicate certificate be forwarded 
 to you.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 125 
 
 Send order to A. l_ Hawley, U. S. Dep. Min. Sur., at 
 Denver, Colorado. 
 
 Yours, respectfully, 
 
 T. E. JENKINS, et al., 
 
 Claimants. 
 By JOHN SMITH, 
 
 Attorney. 
 P. O. Address, Denver, Colo. 
 
 (Order for Survey.) 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 
 Office of U. S. Surveyor General. 
 
 Denver, Colo., February 6, 1893. 
 To A. L. Hawley, Esq., 
 
 U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor, District of Colorado. 
 Denver, Colo., 
 
 Sir: 
 
 You are hereby directed to survey the claim of T. E. 
 Jenkins, et al., upon the Cumro Placer, and Poorman, Haw- 
 ley, Aetna, and Podunk lodes, and Poorman mill site, in 
 Pike's Peak Mining District, El Paso County, Colorado. 
 This survey will be designated "Survey No. 8000 A and B, 
 Pueblo Land District," and must be made in strict con- 
 formity with the locations. 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General for Colorado.
 
 126 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 (Specimen Field Notes.) 
 (4683.) 
 
 Mineral Survey No. 8000 A and B. 
 Lot No... 
 
 Pueblo Land District. 
 
 FIELD NOTES. 
 
 of the survey of the mining claim of 
 T. E. Jenkins et al., 
 
 Cumro Placer and Poorman, Hawley, Aetna, and Podunk 
 Lodes, and Poorman Mill Site, Pike's Peak Mining District, 
 El Paso County, Colorado, Sections 17, 19, and 20, Township 
 14 S, Range 69 W. of the 6th P. M. 
 
 Surveyed under instructions dated February 6th, 1893. 
 
 By A. L. HAWLEY, 
 U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 
 Claim located , 1 
 
 Survey commenced February 9th, 1893. 
 Survey completed February 12th, 1893. 
 Address of claimants: 
 
 Denver, Colorado.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 127 
 
 Survey No. 8000 A. 
 
 Cumro Placer. 
 
 Tract A. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Identical with the S. W. Cor. of the location and 
 with the S. W. Cor. of Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. 
 of the 6th P. M. 
 
 A pine post, 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 2 
 ft. in the ground, with mound of stone, alongside 
 the section corner, scribed 1-8000 A, whence 
 
 A spruce, 17 ins. diam., bears N. 8 41' W. 7 ft., 
 and a spruce, 14 ins. diam., bears S. 68 14' B. 
 18.5 ft., each blazed and scribed B. T. 1-8000 A. 
 James Peak bears N. 52 21' W. 
 Hahns Peak bears N. 29 28' W. 
 Thence North (a). 
 Va. 14 22' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Identical with a corner of the location. 
 A pine post, 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, with mound of earth and stone, 
 scribed 2-8000 A, whence 
 
 A spruce 18 ins. diam., blazed and scribed B. T. 
 2-8000 A, bears S. 14 47' E. 17.3 ft. 
 Thence N. 89 50' E. (a) 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 On line 1-2 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 A cedar post, 5 ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 2 
 ft. in the ground, with mound of earth, scribed 
 3-8000 A, whence 
 
 A corner of the location bears N. 89 50' E. 
 1126.7 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 3 48' E. 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 (a). Lines 1-2, 2-3, and 11-1, Tract A, 14-15 and 15-16 
 Tract B, and 19-20 and 20-17, Tract C, follow the subdi- 
 visional lines of the public survey, according to the official 
 and approved field notes thereof.
 
 128 
 
 MINERAL. LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 84.5 
 
 67.2 
 
 243.4 
 
 350.48 
 
 542.38 
 
 To Cor. No. 4. 
 
 A pine post, 4^ ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 2 
 ft. in the ground, with mound of stone, scribed 
 4-1-8000 A, whence 
 
 A pine, 14 ins. diam., bears S. 21 47' E. 14.3 
 ft., and a spruce, 11 ins. diam., bears N. 14 52' E. 
 6 ft., each blazed and scribed B. T. 4-1-8000 A. 
 Thence N. 86 12' E. 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 5. 
 
 At intersection of lines 4-1 and 1-2, Hawley and 
 Poorman lodes, respectively, both of this survey. 
 A cotton wood post, 5 ft. long, 4 ins. square, 
 set 2 ft. in the ground, with mound of stone, 
 scribed 5-8000 A, whence 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 17 38' W. 
 Va. 14 36' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 6. 
 
 A pine post, 4^ ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 2 ft. 
 in the ground, with mound of earth, scribed 
 6-1-8000 A, whence 
 
 A high Mt. bears N. 51 14' E. 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 7. 
 
 A granite bowlder, 27x12x9 ins., set 16 ins. in 
 the ground, chiseled 7-6-8000 A, whence 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence N. 17 38' E. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 8. 
 
 At intersection of lines 4-1 and 5-6, Hawley and 
 Poorman lodes, respectively, both of this survey. 
 A pine post, 4*& ft. long, 5 ins. square, set 2 
 ft. in the ground, scribed 8-8000 A, whence 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence N. 86 12' E. 
 Va. 14 28' E.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 129 
 
 Feet. 
 416.8 
 
 555.44 
 
 210. 
 
 1329.42 
 
 To Cor. No. 9. 
 
 At intersection of lines 4-1 and 3-4, Hawley and 
 Podunk lodes, respectively, both of this survey. 
 
 A granite stone, 26x16x6 ins., set 18 ins. in the 
 ground, with mound of stone, chiseled 9-8000 A, 
 whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 10. 
 
 At intersection of lines 3-4 Podunk lode of this 
 survey, and line 4-1, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, 
 claimant unknown. 
 
 A pine post, 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, with mound of earth, scribed 
 10-8000 A, whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 7 45' W. 
 Va. 14 25' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 11. 
 
 On line 4-1 Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode, at N. 7 45' 
 E. 10.73 ft. from Cor. No. 4. 
 
 A pine post, 5 ft. long 4 ins. square, set 2 ft. 
 in the ground, with mound of earth and stone, 
 scribed 11-8000 A, whence 
 
 A cottonwood post, 8 ins. diam., blazed and 
 scribed B. T. 11-8000 A, bears N. 33 27' W. 5 ft. 
 Thence S. 89 50' W. 
 Va. 14 25' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning, (a) 
 
 Tract B. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 12. 
 
 At intersection of lines 3-4, Aetna lode of this 
 survey, and Aztec lode, unsurveyed, John Doe, 
 claimant. 
 
 A spruce post, 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, scribed 12-8000 A, whence
 
 130 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 397.33 
 
 300. 
 
 =30.7 
 
 769.6 
 
 265. 
 758.1 
 
 A pine stump, 18 ins. diam., 3 ft. high, blazed 
 and scribed B. S. 12-8000 A, bears N. 89 11' E. 
 9.4 ft. 
 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 
 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 13. 
 
 A sandstone, 36x30x4 ins., set 16 ins. in the 
 ground, with mound of stone, chiseled 13-3-8000 A, 
 whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 Cor. Nos. 2, Aetna and Podunk lodes of this sur- 
 vey, a point in Cumro Creek, 4 ft. wide, flows west. 
 
 To Cor. No. 14. 
 
 On line 2-3 Podunk lode of this survey. 
 
 A rock in place 6x4x2 ft. above the general sur- 
 face, chiseled cross (X) at corner point and 
 14-W. C. 2-2-8000 A, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 11, Tract A, of this survey bears S. 
 89 50' W. 539 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence N. 89 50' E. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 15. (a) 
 
 Identical with the S. V Cor. of said Sec. 17. 
 and with the S. E. Cor. of the location. 
 
 A granite stone, 12x10x6 ins. above the ground, 
 chiseled 15-8000 A and % on north face, whence 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence North. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 Cumro Creek, 4 ft. wide, flows S. 65 W. 
 
 To Cor. No. 16. (a) 
 
 On line 3-4, Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at S. 72 
 43' W. 115.6 ft. from Cor. No. 3. 
 
 A spruce post, 4^ ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 6
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 ins. in the ground, to bed rock, with mound of 
 earth and stone, scribed 16-8000 A, whence 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 72 43' W. 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 12, the place of beginning. 
 
 Tract C. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 17. 
 
 On line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at S. 72 
 43' W. 22.26 ft. from Cor. No. 2. 
 
 A pine post, 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 12 
 ins. in the ground to bed rock, with mound of 
 stone, scribed 17-8000 A, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 16, Tract B, of this survey bears 
 South 314.2 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 72 43' W. 
 Va. 14 40' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 18. 
 
 At intersection of lines 1-2 and 2-3, Aztec lode, 
 unsurveyed, and Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, respec- 
 tively. 
 
 A cross (X) at corner point and 18-8000 A, 
 chiseled on a granite rock in place, showing 
 10x3x2 ft. above the general surface, whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence N. 7 45' E. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 19. 
 
 On line 2-3, Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode, at S. 
 7 45' W. 116.4 ft. from Cor. No. 2. 
 
 A granite stone, 28x10x3 ins., set 12 ins. in the 
 ground, chiseled 19-8000 A, whence 
 
 A corner of the location bears S. 89 50' W. 
 484.6 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence N. 89 50' E. 
 Va. 14 30' E.
 
 132 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 824.43 
 
 247.72 
 
 243.4 
 
 665.7 
 
 831.4 
 
 61.57 
 361.67 
 
 To Cor. No. 20. 
 
 A granite rock, 30x20x16 ins., set 16 ins. in the 
 ground, chiseled 20-8000 A, whence 
 
 A cross (X) and B. R. 20-8000 A, chiseled 4 
 't above the ground on a limestone cliff 20 ft. 
 high, bears S. 83 11' E. 45.6 ft. 
 Thence South. 
 Va. 14 30' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 17, the place of beginning, (a) 
 Area. 
 
 Tract A, containing 14 . 660 acres 
 
 Tract B, containing 9.858 
 
 Tract C, containing 7 . 532 
 
 Total area Cumro placer 32.070 acres 
 
 Poorman Lode. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 6, Cumro placer, of 
 this survey, whence 
 
 The S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of 
 the 6th P. M. bears S 27 28' W. 393.26 ft. 
 Thence N. 17 38' E. 
 
 Cor. No. 5 Cumro placer, and Intersect line 4-1 
 Hawley lode, both of this survey. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 A granite stone, 27x11x9 ins., set 12 ins. in the 
 ground, chiseled 2-8000 A, whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence N. 48 46' E. 
 
 Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 6582 Roy lode, T. E. Jenkins 
 et al., claimants. 
 
 Cor. Nos. 1, Sur. No. 6582, Roy and Raymond 
 lodes.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 133 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 2, Sur. No. 6582, Ray- 
 mond lode. 
 
 A pine post, 5 ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 22 ins. 
 in the ground, to bed rock, scribed 3-8000 A and 
 2-6582, whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 41 14' B. 
 
 To Cor. No. 4. 
 
 A cedar post, 4% ft. long, 5 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, scribed 4-4-8000 A, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode, bears N. 
 72 22' E. 422.6 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 
 
 Cor. Nos. 1 Aetna and Podunk lodes of this sur- 
 vey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 5. 
 
 A cedar stump, 3 ft. high, hewed to 4 ins. 
 square, surrounded by mound of stone, scribed 
 5-4-8000 A, whence 
 
 A cross (X) and B. R. 5-4-8000 A, chiseled on a 
 porphyry stone, showing 9x6x4 ft. above the 
 ground, bears N. 75 14' E. 32.7 ft. 
 Thence S. 17 38' W. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 Cor. No. 8 Cumro placer and intersect line 4-1 
 Hawley lode, both of this survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 6. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 7, Cumro placer of this 
 survey. 
 
 Thence N. 41 14' W. 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 Hawley Lode. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1.
 
 134 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 84.5 
 300. 
 
 185. 
 607.3 
 567.6 
 926.7 
 
 1264.7 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 1 of the location and 
 with Cor. No. 4, Cumro placer, of this survey, 
 whence 
 
 The S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of 
 the 6th P. M. bears S. 18 4' W. 606.1 ft. 
 
 Cor. No. 1, Poorman lode, of this survey bears 
 S. 1 41' W. 227.6 ft. 
 
 Thence N. 3 48' W. 
 Va. 14 28' E. 
 
 Cor. No. 3 Cumro placer of this survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 A sandstone, 30x12x2 ins., set 14 ins. in the 
 ground, chiseled 2-8000 A, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 2 of the location bears N. 45 W. 
 28.5 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence N. 86 12' E. 
 Va. 14 25' E. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Poorman lode of this survey. 
 Intersect line 5-6 Poorman lode of this survey. 
 Intersect line 3-4 Podunk lode of this survey. 
 
 Intersect lines 1-2 Podunk and Aetna lodes of this 
 survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 A granite stone, 26x14x8 ins., set 12 ins. in the 
 ground with mound of stone, chiseled 3-8000 A, 
 whence 
 
 Cor. No. 3 of the location bears N. 86 12' E. 
 235.3 ft. 
 
 Cor. No. 1, Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode, bears N. 
 11 E. 529.9 ft. 
 
 Cor. No. 1, Aztec lode, unsurveyed, bears S. 32 
 30' W. 378.4 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 3 48' E. 
 Va. 14 26' E.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 135 
 
 Feet. 
 
 150. 
 
 250.6 
 
 300. 
 
 30.8 
 108.3 
 
 206. 
 45S.4 
 
 875.2 
 1197.5 
 1264.7 
 
 Intersect line 4-1 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at S. 7 
 45' W. 676 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 72 
 43' E. 229.8 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 To Cor. No. 4. 
 
 A pine post, 4^ ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, scribed 4-8000 A, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 4 of the location bears N. 86 12' E. 
 235.3 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 86 12' W. 
 Va. 14 15' E. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1 Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode at S. 7 
 45' W. 829.1 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect lines 1-2 Aetna and Podunk lodes of this 
 survey. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 72 
 43' E. 18.1 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Cor. No. 9 Cumro placer and intersect line 3-4 
 Podunk lode, both of this survey. 
 
 Cor. No. 8 Cumro placer and intersect line 5-6 
 Poorman lode , both of this survey. 
 
 Cor. No. 5 Cumro placer and intersect line 1-2 
 Poorman lode, both of this survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 Aetna Lode. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1. 
 
 On line 4-5 Poorman lode of this survey. 
 
 A pine post 4% ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, scribed 1-1-8000 A, whence 
 
 The S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 
 6th P. M. bears S. 38 2' W. 1,465 ft.
 
 136 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 288.3 
 641.2 
 
 666.1 
 766.9 
 
 969.5 
 1164.7 
 
 1500. 
 
 397.33 
 
 Cor. No. 1 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, bears S. 32 
 19' E. 607.76 ft. 
 
 Cor. No. 3, Hawley lode of this survey bears 
 S. 69 46' E. 561.9 ft. 
 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 
 72 43' E. 103.1 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at S. 
 7 45' W. 910.9 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 3-4 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 
 72 43' E. 236.3 ft. from Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at N. 
 7 45' E. 328.2 ft. from Cor. No. 3. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 On line 13-14 Cumro placer of this survey. 
 
 Not set, as it falls in the center of Cumro 
 Creek, where permanent corner could not be estab 
 lished, whence 
 
 Witness corner to Cor. No. 2, identical with 
 Cor. No. 14 Cumro placer of this survey, bears S. 
 48 46' W. 30.7 ft. 
 
 Cor No. 3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode bears S 
 74 38' W. 275.2 ft. 
 
 Thence N. 48 46' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 13 Cumro placer of this 
 survey. 
 
 Thence N. 41 14' W. 
 
 Cor. No. 12 Cumro placer of this survey and inter-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 137 
 
 596.43 
 725.6 
 994. 
 1500. 
 
 300. 
 
 288.3 
 641.2 
 
 666.1 
 766.9 
 
 969.5 
 
 sect line 3-4 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 72 
 43' E. 564.6 ft. from Cor. No. 4. 
 
 ntersect line 2-3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at N 
 7 45' E. 725.8 ft. from Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 
 72 43' E. 431.3 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at S. 
 7 45' W. 513.2 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 To Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 4 Poorman lode of thi? 
 survey. 
 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 
 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 
 Podunk Lode. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 1 Aetna lode of this 
 survey, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 2 of the location bears N. 48 46' E. 
 22 ft. 
 
 The S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of 
 the 6th P. M. bears S. 38 2' W. 1,465 ft. 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 Intersect line 1-2 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 72 
 43' E. 103.1 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1 Hawley lode of this survey. 
 
 Intersect line 4-1, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at S. 7 
 45' W. 910.9 ft. from Cor. No. 1. 
 
 Intersect line 3-4 Aztec lode, unsurveyed, at N. 72 
 43' E. 236.3 ft. from Cor. No. 4.
 
 138 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 1164.7 
 1500. 
 
 30.7 
 
 250. 
 
 278. 
 
 37. 
 155. 
 491.3 
 
 1046.7 
 
 Intersect line 2-3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode at N. 7 
 45' E. 328.2 ft. from Cor. No. 3. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 In Cumro Creek. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 2 Aetna lode of this 
 survey, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 3 of the location bears N. 48 46' E. 
 22 ft. 
 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 
 
 Witness corner to Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Identical with Witness corner to Cor. No. 2 
 Aetna lode, and with Cor. No. 14 Cumro placer, 
 both of this survey. 
 
 Witness corner to Cor. No. 3. 
 
 A granite stone, 30x20x4 ins., set 14 ins. in the 
 ground, with mound of stone, chiseled W. C. 
 3-8000 A, whence 
 
 A cedar stump, 14 ins. diam., 2 ft. high, blazed 
 and scribed B. S. W. C. 3-8000 A, bears N. 7 56' 
 W. 8.4 ft. 
 
 Pikes Peak bears N. 5 E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Not set, as it falls on the face of an inaccessible 
 granite cliff. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 4 of the location. 
 Thence N. 41 14' W. 
 
 Cumro Creek, 4 ft. wide, course S. 80 W. 
 
 Intersect line 3-4, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, at N. 
 82 15' W. 46.3 ft. from Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Cor. No. 10 Cumro placer of this survey and inter- 
 sect line 4-1, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, at N. 7 
 45' E. 220.7 ft. from Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Cor. No. 9 Cumro placer and intersect line 4-1 
 Hawley lode both of this survey.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 139 
 
 Feet. 
 
 1424.5 
 1500. 
 
 278. 
 
 Intersect line 2-3, Hawley lode, of this survey. 
 
 To Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Identical with Cor. No. 5 Poorman lode of this 
 survey, and with Cor. No. 1 of the location. 
 Thence N. 48 46' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 Variation at all corners of the Poorman, Aetna 
 and Podunk lodes, 14 30' E. 
 
 Lode Line. 
 
 As near as can be determined from present de- 
 velopment, the veins of the several lodes embraced 
 in this survey extend as follows: (b) 
 
 (b). This paragraph might be changed to read as 
 follows: As near as can be determined from present 
 development, the veins of the several lodes embraced 
 in this survey extend from their respective discov* 
 ery points as follows: Poorman lode, 619.8 ft. N. 48 46' 
 E. and 880.2 ft. S. 17 38' W. from the center of the dis- 
 covery shaft, etc. This form makes it necessary to change 
 description of discovery workings under "Improvements" 
 as follows: The discovery shaft of the Poorman lode, the 
 center of which being the discovery point, bears, etc. The 
 discovery cut of the Podunk lode, the center of face of 
 which being the discovery point, bears, etc. The incline 
 discovery shaft of the wEtna lode, the center or mouth of 
 which, being the discovery point, bears, etc. Another de- 
 scription of these discovery workings commonly used, is 
 as follows: The discovery shaft of the Poorman lode, 
 the center of which is on the center line at 619.8 ft. from 
 the center of line 3-4, etc. If, as in the case 
 of the Podunk lode, the discovery point is on the 
 lode line, and not the center line, the description would 
 read as follows: The discovery cut of the Podunk lode, 
 the center of the face of which is on the lode line, at 140 
 ft. from a point on line 4-1, at N. 48* 46' E. 150 ft. from 
 Cor. No. 4, etc. The incline discovery shaft of the ./Etna 
 lode, the center of the mouth of which is on the center 
 line, 75 ft. from the center line 4-1, etc.
 
 140 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 Poorman lode, 619.8 ft. N. 48 46' E. and 880.2 
 ft. S. 17 38' W. from the center of the dis- 
 covery shaft. 
 
 Hawley lode, 573.7 ft. N. 86 12' E. and 691 f 
 S. 86 12' W. from the discovery point in discovery 
 tunnel. 
 
 Aetna lode, 75 ft. N. 41 14' W. and 1,425 ft. 
 S. 41 14' E. from the center of mouth of discovery 
 shaft. 
 
 Podunk lode, 140 ft. N. 41 14' W. and 1,360 
 ft. S. 41 14' E. from center of face of discovery 
 cut. 
 
 Area. 
 
 Total area Hawley lode 8.710 acres 
 
 Area in conflict with Poorman lode of 
 
 this survey 2.220 " 
 
 Sur. No. 7000 Ajax lode 053 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed 117 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 
 its conflict with Sur. No. 7000, 
 
 Ajax lode) 089 " 
 
 Total area Hawley lode 8.710 acres 
 
 Less area in conflict with 
 
 Poorman lode of this 
 
 survey 2 . 220 acres 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode.. .053 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed .. .089 " =2.362 
 
 Net area Hawley lode 6 . 348 acres 
 
 Total area Aetna lode 10.331 acres 
 
 Area in conflict with Hawley lode of 
 
 this survey 1 . 537 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode 2.738 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode (exclusive of 
 
 its conflict with Hawley lode of 
 
 this survey) 2.685 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed 2 . 261 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 
 its conflict with Hawley lode of
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 141 
 
 Feet. 
 
 this survey) 2 . 167 acre* 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 its conflict with Sur. No. 7000, Ajax 
 lode) 484 " 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 its conflict with Hawley lode of 
 this survey and Sur. No. 7000, Ajax 
 lode) 418 " 
 
 Total area Aetna lode 10.331 acres 
 
 Less area in conflict with 
 
 Hawley lode of this 
 
 survey 1 . 537 acres 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode..2.685 " 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed. . .418 " =4.640 M 
 
 Net area Aetna lode 5.691 acres 
 
 Total area Podunk lode 9 . 573 acres 
 
 Area in conflict with Hawley lode of 
 
 this survey 2 . 411 " 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode 2.526 " 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed 1 . 169 " 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 its conflict with Hawley lode of 
 
 this survey) 1 . 147 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 its conflict with Sur. No. 7000, Ajax 
 lode) 811 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed (exclusive of 
 its conflict with Hawley lode of 
 this survey and Sur. No. 7000, 
 Ajax lode) 789
 
 142 
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 65. 
 858. 
 921.1 
 
 467.66 
 
 Total area Podunk lode 9 . 573 acres 
 
 Less area in conflict with 
 
 Hawley lode of this 
 
 survey 2 . 411 acres 
 
 Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode.. 2. 516 " 
 
 Aztec lode, unsurveyed. . .789 " =5.716 
 
 Net area Podunk lode 3.857 acres 
 
 Net area Hawley lode 6.348 
 
 Net area Aetna lode 5 . 691 
 
 Total and net area Poorman lode. .. .10.331 " 
 
 Net area lode claim 26.227 acres 
 
 Survey No. 8000 B. 
 Poorman Mill Site. 
 Beginning at Cor. No. 1. 
 
 A spruce post 5 ft. long, 4 ins. square, set 18 
 ins. in the ground, scribed 1-8000 B, whence 
 
 Cor. No. 6, Sur. No. 8000 A, Poorman lode, 
 bears N. 50 8' E. 3,782 ft. 
 
 The N. E. Cor. Sec. 19, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 
 6th P. M. bears N. 46 48' E. 3,416.9 ft. 
 No other bearings available. 
 Thence S. 85 51' W. 
 
 Cumro Creek, 4 ft. wide, flows N. 65 W. 
 Cumro Creek, 4 ft. wide, flows South. 
 
 To Cor. No. 2. 
 
 A granite stone, 28x12x10 ins., set 12 ins. in the 
 ground, with mound of stone, chiseled 2-8000 B., 
 whence 
 
 A pine, 12 ins. diam., blazed and scribed B. T. 
 2-8000 B, bears West 9.5 ft. 
 Thence N. 37 55' E. 
 
 To Cor. No. 3. 
 
 A granite stone, 30x12x8 ins., set 18 ins. in the 
 ground, with mound of stone, chiseled 3-8000 B., 
 whence 
 
 No bearings available. 
 Thence S. 64 25' E.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 143 
 
 Feet. 
 
 700. 
 
 To Cor. No. 1, the place of beginning. 
 Containing 3.671 acres. 
 Variation at all corners 14 45' E. 
 
 The surveys of the Poorman and Aetna lodes 
 and the Poorman mill site are identical with the 
 respective locations, as staked upon the ground. 
 
 Location. 
 
 This claim is located in the S. W. % of Sec. 
 17, the N. E. % of Sec. 19, and the N. W. % of 
 Sec. 20, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 6th P. M. (c) 
 
 Expenditure of Five Hundred Dollars. 
 I certify that the value of the labor and im 
 provements upon this claim placed thereon by the 
 
 claimants and their grantors, is not less than five 
 hundred dollars, and that said improvements con- 
 sist of: 
 
 Placer workings, the center of the northeast- 
 erly end of which bears from Cor. No. 15 Cumrc 
 placer, N. 46 W. 285 ft., averaging 40 ft. wide 
 and 8 ft. deep, and extending S. 62 W. 120 ft. 
 along the bed of Cumro Creek. 
 Value, $800. 
 
 The discovery shaft of the Poorman lode, which 
 bears from Cor. No. 5 N. 56 48' W. 155.7 ft. 6x4 ft. 
 12 ft. deep, (b) 
 
 Value, $100. 
 
 The discovery cut of the Podunk lode, the face 
 of which bears from Cor. No. 4 S. 88 13' E. 205.2 
 ft., 5 ft. wide, 10 ft. face, running N. 50 E. 24 ft. 
 in earth and rock, (b) 
 Value, $110. 
 
 (c). In an unsurveyed portion of, or suspended 
 portion of, the public domain, this paragraph might 
 be changed to read: As near as can be determined from 
 present conditions of the public survey, this claim is lo- 
 cated in, etc.
 
 144 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 The incline discovery shaft of the Aetna lode 
 the mouth of which is on the center line, 75 ft. 
 from the center of line 4-1, 4 1 /&x6 ft., 24 ft. deep in 
 rock, timbered, course S. 48 E. dip 60. (b) 
 Value, $250. 
 
 The last 120 ft. of a tunnel, the mouth of which 
 bears from Cor. No. 6 Poorman lode N. 67 48' E. 
 582 ft, 5x6 ft., running N. 10 44' W. 515 ft. to 
 breast. The point of discovery of the Hawley lode 
 is in this tunnel 475 ft. from the mouth, and bears 
 from Cor. No. 1 N. 75 52' E. 702.5 ft. 
 Value of last 120 ft., $2,300. 
 
 This tunnel is in course of construction for the 
 development of this claim and the contiguous 
 claim, Sur. No. 6582, Roy and Raymond lodes, 
 claimants herein. An undivided half interest in 
 the first 375 ft. of this tunnel has been credited to 
 each of the last two mentioned lodes. No other 
 portion or interest in this tunnel has been credited 
 to any other claim. 
 
 The surface embraced in this claim ascends 
 rapidly from the mouth of the tunnel towards Cor. 
 No. 3 of the Poorman lode, the northerly ends of 
 the Poorman, Aetna and Podunk lodes being from 
 300 to 500 ft. higher than the mouth of the tunnel, 
 The veins of the Aetna and Podunk lodes dip 
 about 60 to the S. W. The tunnel, described and 
 included in the estimate of expenditure, continued 
 in its present course, will cut the veins of the sev- 
 eral locations at great depth, whereby, by one sys- 
 tem of workings, and one plant of machinery, the 
 entire claim can be most advantageously and eco- 
 nomically developed. 
 
 A shaft on the center line of the Hawley lode, 
 
 672 ft. from the center of line 1-2, 3^x6 ft., 20 ft. 
 
 deep in earth and rock, timbered, at the bottom of 
 
 which is a drift 4x6 ft., running N. 86 E. 18 ft. 
 
 Value of shaft and drift, $300.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 145 
 
 Other Improvements. 
 
 A shaft, which bears from Cor. No. 20 Cumro 
 placer, S. 48 30' W. 305 ft., 3x5 ft., 12 ft. deep in 
 earth and gravel. A. K. Smith, claimant. 
 
 A log cabin, the West corner of which bears 
 from Cor. No. 13 Cumro placer, S. 40 E. 120 ft, 
 12x16 ft, course of long sides N. 44 E. 
 
 A log cabin, the N. W. Cor. of which bears from 
 Cor. No. 3, Sur. No. 8000 B, Poorman mill site, 
 S. 10 40' E. 107 ft, 16 ft square, course of sides 
 S. 3 E. Said cabins belong to claimants herein. 
 
 Instrument 
 
 These surveys were made with a Gurley Light 
 Mountain Transit. The courses were deflected 
 from the true meridian as determined by direct 
 solar observation. The distances were measured 
 with 50-ft. and 500-ft steel tapes. 
 
 Note: The disagreements between these field 
 notes and the amended location certificate of the 
 Hawley lode, and the location certificates of the 
 Aetna lode and the Poorman mill site, with regard 
 to the position of the discovery point on the lode 
 line of the Hawley lode, and the courses of the 
 boundary lines of the Aetna lode and the Poorman 
 mill site, are due to errors in the latter. 
 
 Note: Neither E. E. Ames nor myself, who ap- 
 pear as locators of the Hawley lode, held any in- 
 terest, directly or indirectly, in this claim at the 
 time of making the survey, having sold our inter- 
 ests in June, 1890.
 
 146 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Report: 
 
 All lines of these surveys of the Cumro placer, 
 the Poorman, Hawley, Podunk and Aetna lodes, 
 and the Poorman mill site, and the tie lines be- 
 tween the same, and all tie lines to conflicting and 
 contiguous surveys, and the respective ties to the 
 S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 6th 
 P. M. were made direct upon the ground (d), ex- 
 cept the tie from Cor. No. 2 Aetna lode, to Cor. 
 No. 3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, which was deter- 
 mined by the following tie run on the ground from 
 W. C. Cor. No. 2 to Cor. No. 3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax 
 lode, S. 77 35' W. 247.9 ft. 
 
 The S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of 
 the 6th P. M., to which connection is given, is 
 a stone, 26x27x18 ins., marked two notches on 
 south face and four on north face. 
 
 The S. *4 Cor. Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 
 6th P. M. is a stone 24x17x19 ins., marked 3 4, 
 on north face. 
 
 The corners on the ground to which connection 
 is given are described as follows: 
 
 Cors. Nos. 1, 2 and 3, Sur. No. 7000, Ajax lode, 
 are stones, marked 1-7000, 2-7000 and 3-7000 re- 
 spectively. Cor. No. 4 is a post marked 4-7000. 
 
 Cor. Nos. 1, Sur. No. 6582, Roy and Raymond 
 lodes, is a stone, marked 1-1-6582. Cors. Nos. 2 
 are posts marked 2-6582 and 2-6582, respectively. 
 
 (d). or, "by separate and distinct traverses, all lines 
 of which were run direct upon the ground," as the case 
 may be.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 147 
 
 The courses, and where necessary the lengths, 
 of all intersecting, coincident and coterminous 
 boundary lines of conflicting and contiguous sur- 
 veys were determined by survey where corners 
 were found standing, and were found correct as 
 approved (except as hereinafter specified). Where 
 corners were not found, such lines are shown as 
 given in the approved field notes thereof, (e) 
 
 Final Oaths for Surveys. 
 
 List of Names. 
 
 A list of the names of the individuals employed by 
 A. L. Hawley, United States Deputy Mineral Surveyor, to 
 assist in running, measuring, and marking the lines, cor- 
 ners and boundaries described in the foregoing field notes 
 
 (e). The last sentence in the above is not really 
 necessary in this particular case, as all corners of 
 conflicting surveys have been reported as found. It would 
 be necessary, however, should any corners be missing. Re- 
 ports of errors found either in the boundary or tie lines 
 of other surveys should follow the last paragraph. 
 
 In short, the report should state: (1) How lines of 
 the survey, tie lines between the same, tie lines 
 to conflicting and contiguous surveys and to the 
 corner or corners of the public survey (or to the 
 U. S. Locating Monument) were determined. (2) De- 
 scription of corner of public survey or U. S. L. M. to 
 which connection is given. (3) Description of such cor- 
 ners of conflicting or contiguous surveys to which con- 
 nections are given, also such other corners or visible evi- 
 dences as determine the courses and distances of inter- 
 secting, coincident or coterminous lines of conflicting or 
 contiguous surveys. (4) A statement of the findings as 
 to the courses and lengths of such intersecting coinci- 
 dent and coterminous boundary lines of conflicting and 
 contiguous surveys. (5) Reports of errors found either in 
 the boundary or tie lines of other surveys.
 
 148 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 of the survey of the mining claim of T. E. Jenkins et al., 
 known as the Cumro placer, and Poorman, Hawley, Aetna 
 and Podunk lodes, and Poorman mill site, and showing the 
 respective capacities in which they acted. 
 
 Chainman. 
 
 E. E. Ames, Chainman. 
 
 G. W. Trommlitz, Axman. 
 
 , Flagman. 
 
 Final Oaths of Assistants. 
 
 We, E. E. Ames and G. W. Trommlitz, do solemnly swear 
 that we assisted A. L. Hawley, United States Deputy Min- 
 eral Surveyor, in marking the corners and surveying the 
 boundaries of the mining claim of T. E. Jenkins et al., 
 known as the Cumro placer, and Poorman, Hawley, Aetna 
 and Podunk lodes, and Poorman mill site, represented in 
 the foregoing field notes as having been surveyed by said 
 deputy mineral surveyor and under his direction; and that 
 said survey has been in all respects, to the best of our 
 knowledge and belief, faithfully and correctly executed, 
 and the corner and boundary monuments established ac- 
 cording to law and the instructions furnished by the United 
 States Surveyor-General for Colorado. 
 
 , Chainman. 
 
 (Seal) E. E. Ames, Chainman. 
 
 G. W. Trommlitz, Axman. 
 
 , Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to by the above-named persons 
 before me this 13th day of February, 1893. 
 
 A. L. HAWLEY, 
 
 Notary Public, 
 El Paso County, Colorado. 
 My commission expires July 28th, 1896. 
 
 Final Oath of U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 I, A. L. Hawley, U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor, do sol-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 149 
 
 emnly swear that, in pursuance of instructions received 
 from the United States Surveyor General for Colorado, 
 dated February 6th, 1893, I have, in strict conformity to the 
 laws of the United States, the official regulations and in- 
 structions thereunder, and the instructions of said Surveyor 
 General, faithfully and correctly executed the survey of 
 the Mining Claim of T. E. Jenkins et a I., known as the 
 Cumro placer and Poorman, Hawley, Aetna, and Podunk 
 lodes, and Poorman mill site, situate in Pike's Peak Min- 
 ing District, El Paso County, Colorado, in Sections 17, 19 
 and 20, Township No. 14 S., Range No. 69 W. of the 6th 
 P. M., and designated as Survey No. 8000 A and B, as rep- 
 resented in the foregoing field notes, which accurately 
 show the boundaries of said mining claim as distinctly 
 marked by monuments on the ground, and described in the 
 attached copy of each location certificate, which was re- 
 ceived by me from the Surveyor General with said instruc- 
 tions, and that all the corners of said survey, have been 
 established and perpetuated in strict accordance with the 
 law, official regulations and instructions thereunder; and 
 I do further solemnly swear that the foregoing are the true 
 and original field notes of said survey and my report 
 therein, and that the labor expended and improvements 
 made upon said mining claim by claimants or their 
 grantors are as therein fully stated, and that the char- 
 acter, extent, location and itemized value thereof are spec- 
 ified therein with particularity and full detail, and that no 
 portion of said labor or improvements so credited to this 
 claim has been included in the estimate of expenditures 
 
 upon any other claim 
 
 A. L. HAWLEY, 
 U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to by the said A. L. Hawley, U. S. 
 Deputy Mineral Surveyor, before me, a Justice of the Peace 
 in and for El Paso County, Colorado, this 20th day of Feb- 
 ruary, 1893. 
 
 GEO. K. KIMBALL, 
 
 Justice of the Peace.
 
 150 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Placer Location Certificate. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That I, T. E. Jenkins, 
 the undersigned citizen of the United States, resident of 
 the County of Arapahoe and State of Colorado, having com- 
 plied with the provisions of Chapter 6, Title XXXII, of the 
 Revised Statutes of the United States, and with the local 
 customs, laws and regulations, claim by right of discovery 
 and location, as a placer claim, the following described 
 premises, situate, lying and being in Pike's Peak Mining 
 District, County of El Paso and State of Colorado, to-wit: 
 
 The S. E. }4 of the S. W. %, and the S. % of the S. W. 
 % of Sec. 17, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. of the 6th P. M. 
 
 To be known as the Cumro Placer. 
 
 Located May 1st, 1892. 
 
 Date of certificate, June 4th, 1892. 
 
 T. E. JENKINS. 
 
 Location Certificate Lode Claim. 
 STATE OF COLORADO, ) 
 County of El Paso. ) ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That O. F. Shattuck 
 the undersigned has this 4th day of May, 1892, located 
 and claimed, and by these presents does locate and claim 
 by right of discovery and location, in compliance with the 
 Mining Acts of Congress, approved May 10, 1872, and all 
 subsequent acts, and with local customs, laws and regula- 
 tions, 1,500 linear feet and horizontal measurement on the 
 Poorman lode, vein, ledge or deposit, along the vein thereof, 
 with all its dips, angles and variations as allowed by law, 
 together with 150 feet on the westerly side and 150 feet on 
 the easterly side of the middle of said vein at the surface, 
 so far as can be determined from present developments; 
 and all veins, lodes, ledges, or deposits and surface ground 
 within the lines of said claim 620 feet running N. 48 46' E. 
 from centre of discovery shaft and 880 feet running S. 17 
 38' W. from centre of discovery shaft, said discovery shaft
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 151 
 
 being situate upon said lode, vein, ledge or deposit, and 
 within the lines of said claim In Pike's Peak Mining Dis- 
 trict, County of El Paso and State of Colorado, described 
 by metes and bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, whence Cor. to Sees. 17, 18, 
 19, and 20, T. 14 S., R. 69 W. bears S. 27 28' E. 393.26 ft. 
 
 Thence N. 17 38' E. 831.34 ft. to Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Thence N. 48 46' E. 661.7 ft. to Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 578 ft. to Cor. No. 5. 
 
 Thence S. 17 38' W. 929.04 ft. to Cor. No. 6. 
 
 Thence N. 41 14' W. 350.48 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place 
 of beginning. 
 
 Said lode was discovered on the 12th day of April, 
 A. D. 1892. 
 
 Attest: 
 
 Date of Location May 4th, A. D. 1892. 
 
 Date of Certificate June 1st, A. D. 1892. 
 
 O. F. SHATTUCK, (Seal.) 
 
 Amended Location Certificate Law of 1889. 
 
 STATE OF COLORADO, ) 
 
 County of El Paso. $ ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That A. L. Hawley 
 and E. E. Ames, the undersigned have this 4th day of May, 
 1888, amended, located and claimed, and by these presents 
 do amend, locate and claim, by right of discovery and 
 amended location, in compliance with the Mining Acts of 
 Congress, approved May 10, 1872, and all subsequent acts, 
 and with Section 2409 of the General laws of Colorado, and 
 with local customs, laws and regulations 1500 linear feet 
 and horizontal measurement on the Hawley lode, vein, 
 ledge or deposit, along the vein thereof, with all its dips, 
 angles and variations, as allowed by law, together with 150 
 feet on each side of the middle of said vein at the surface, 
 so far as can be determined from present developments,
 
 152 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 and all veins, lodes, ledges or deposits and surface ground 
 within the lines of said claim, 800 feet running easterly 
 from center of discovery point in tunnel and 700 feet run- 
 ning westerly from center of discovery point, said discovery 
 point being situate upon said lode, vein, ledgs or deposit, 
 and within the lines of said claim, in Pike's Peak Mining 
 District, County of El Paso and State of Colorado, described 
 by metes and bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, whence Cor. to Sees. 17, 18, 
 19, and 20, T. 15 S., R. 69 W. bears S. 18 4' E. 606.1 ft. 
 
 Thence N. 3 48' E. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Thence N. 87 E. 1500 ft. to Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Thence S. 3 48' W. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Thence S. 87 W. 1500 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of be- 
 ginning. 
 
 This being the same lode originally located on the 17th 
 day of September, 1886, and recorded on the 12th day of 
 December, 1886, in Book 4, Page 48, in the office of the 
 Recorder of El Paso County. This further and amended 
 certificate of location is made without waiver of any pre- 
 viously acquired rights, but for the purpose of correcting 
 any errors in the original location, description or record. 
 
 Said lode was discovered the 12th day of September, 
 A. D. 1886. 
 
 Attest: 
 
 Date of Amended location May 4th. A. D. 1888. 
 
 Date of amended certificate July 14th, A. D. 1888. 
 
 A. L. HAWLEY, (Seal.) 
 E. E. AMES, (Seal.) 
 
 Location Certificate Lode Claim. 
 STATE OF COLORADO,) 
 
 County of El Paso. J ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That Grant Safely, 
 the undersigned has this 4th day of June, 1892, located and 
 claimed, and by these presents does locate and claim by
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 153 
 
 right of discovery and location, in compliance with the 
 Mining Acts of Congress, approved May 10, 1872, and all 
 subsequent acts, and with local customs, laws and regula- 
 tions, 1500 linear feet and horizontal measurement on the 
 Aetna lode, vein, ledge or deposit, along the vein thereof, 
 with all its dips, angles and variations as allowed by law, 
 together with 150 feet on the southwesterly side and 150 
 feet on the northeasterly side of the middle of said vein at 
 the surface, so far as can be determined from present de- 
 velopments; and all veins, lodes, ledges, or deposits and 
 surface ground within the lines of said claim 75 feet run- 
 ning N. 40 W. from centre of discovery cut and 1425 feet 
 running S. 40 E. from centre of discovery cut, said dis- 
 covery cut being situate upon said lode, vein, ledge or de- 
 posit, and within the lines of said claim in Pike's Peak 
 Mining District, County of El Paso and State of Colorado, 
 described by metes and bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, whence S. W. Cor. Sec. 17, 
 T. 15 S., R. 69 W. bears S. 38 2' E. 1465 ft. 
 
 Thence S. 40 E. 1500 ft. to Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Thence N. 50 E. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Thence N. 40 W. 1500 ft. to Cor. No. 4. 
 
 Thence S. 50 W. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of be- 
 ginning. 
 
 Said lode was discovered on the 1st day of May, 
 A. D. 1892. 
 
 Date of Location June 4th, A. D. 1892. 
 
 Date of Certificate July 6th, A. D. 1892. 
 
 GRANT SAFELY, (Seal.) 
 
 Additional and Amended Location Certificate Law of 1889. 
 STATE OF COLORADO,) 
 
 County of El Paso. ) ss. 
 
 Know All Men by These Presents, That John H. Routt, 
 the undersigned, has this 4th day of May, 1891, amended, 
 located and claimed, and by these presents does amend, 
 locate and claim, by right of the original discovery and
 
 154 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 this additional and amended location certificate, in com- 
 pliance with the Mining Acts of Congress, approved May 
 10, 1872, and all subsequent acts, and with Section 2409 
 of the General Statutes of Colorado, and with local cus- 
 toms, laws and regulations 1500 linear feet and horizontal 
 measurement on the Podunk lode, vein, ledge or deposit, 
 along the vein thereof, with all its dips, angles and varia- 
 tions, as allowed by law, together with 150 feet on each 
 side of the middle of said vein at the surface, so far as 
 can be determined from present developments, and all 
 veins, lodes, ledges or deposits and surface ground within 
 the lines of said claim, 140 feet running N. 41 14' W. from 
 center of discovery cut and 1360 feet running S. 41 14' E. 
 from center of discovery cut, said discovery cut being situ- 
 ate upon said lode, vein, ledge or deposit, and within the 
 lines of said claim, in Pike's Peak Mining District, County 
 of El Paso and State of Colorado, described by metes and 
 bounds as follows, to-wit: 
 
 Beginning at Corner No. 1, whence the S. W. Cor. Sec. 
 17, T. 15 S., R. 69 W. bears S. 38 2' W. 1465 ft. 
 
 Thence S. 41 14' E. 1500 ft to Cor. No. 2. 
 Thence S. 48 46' W. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 3. 
 Thence N. 41 14' W. 1500 ft. to Cor. No. 4. 
 Thence N. 48 46' E. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of 
 beginning. 
 
 This being the same lode originally located on the 6th 
 day of April, 1888, and recorded on the 14th day of June, 
 1888, in Book 3, Page 48, in the office of the Recorder of 
 El Paso County. This further additional and amended cer- 
 tificate of location is made without waiver of any previously 
 acquired rights, but for the purpose of correcting any er- 
 rors in the original location, description or record, and of 
 taking in and acquiring all forfeited or abandoned, over- 
 lapping ground, and of taking in any part of any over- 
 lapping claim which has been abandoned, and of securing
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 155 
 
 all the benefits of said Section 2409 of the General Statutes 
 of Colorado. 
 
 Said lode was discovered the 1st day of April, A. D. 1888. 
 
 Date of Additional and Amended Certificate June 14th, 
 A. D. 1891. 
 
 JOHN H. ROUTT, (Seal.) 
 
 Location Certificate of Mill Site. 
 To All Whom These Presents May Concern: 
 
 Know ye that I, A. E. Lowe, of the County of Arapahoe, 
 and State of Colorado, do hereby declare and publish as 
 a legal notice to all the world that I have a valid right to 
 the occupation, possession and enjoyment of all and sin- 
 gular that tract or parcel of land not exceeding five acres, 
 situate, lying and being in Pike's Peak Mining District, in 
 the County of El Paso in the State of Colorado, bounded 
 and described as follows, to-wit: Poorman Mill Site, be- 
 ginning at Cor. No. 1, whence the N. E. Cor Sec. 19, T. 14 
 S., R. 69 W. bears N. 46 48' E. 3416.9 ft. 
 
 Thence S. 85 50' W. 921.2 ft. to Cor. No. 2. 
 
 Thence N. 37 00' E. 467.66 ft. to Cor. No. 3. 
 
 Thence S. 64 00' E. 700 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the place of 
 beginning, 
 
 Containing 4 acres more or less. 
 
 Variation 14 45' E. 
 
 together with all and singular the hereditaments and appur- 
 tenances thereunto belonging or in anywise appertaining. 
 Witness my hand and seal, this 5th day of December 
 in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
 ninety one. 
 
 A. E. LOWE, (Seal.)
 
 156 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 (Title Page to Report Under Circular "N" of September 
 23, 1882.) 
 
 Report 
 
 Under General Land Office Circular "N" of September 23, 
 1882, upon the Placer Mining Claim known as the Curr.ro 
 placer, claimed by T. E. Jenkins et al., situate in Pike's 
 Peak Mining District, El Paso County, Colorado, embracing 
 32.07 acres, and forming a portion of the S. half of the S. W. 
 quarter in Sec. 17, Town. 14 S., Range 69 W. of the 6th 
 P. M. 
 
 Examination made February 15th, 1893, 
 
 By A. L. HAWLEY, 
 U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 
 Survey No. 8000 A. 
 
 Cumro Placer. 
 
 The soil embraced in this claim consists of decom- 
 posed mineral-bearing granite on the mountain slopes, 
 and auriferous sand and gravel along the creek bot- 
 tom, all covered with a thin layer of loam and allu- 
 vium supporting a scant growth of grass and sage 
 brush, with scattering pine, spruce, cedar and cotton- 
 wood timber. 
 
 The only stream passing through this claim is 
 Cumro creek, 4 ft. wide, and about 2 ft. deep, which 
 crosses the extreme southeast corner. 
 
 A log cabin, the west corner of which bears from 
 Cor. No. 13 S. 40 E. 120 ft., 12x16 ft., course of long 
 sides N. 44 E. 
 
 The surface and underground workings on this 
 claim consist of: 
 
 A tunnel, the mouth of which bears from Cor. No. 
 7 N. 67 48' E. 582 ft. 5x6 ft., running N. 10 44' W. 515 
 ft. to breast. 
 
 A shaft, which bears from Cor. No. 28 S. 48 30' W. 
 305 ft., 3x5 ft., 12 ft. deep in earth and rock. Placer 
 workings, the center of the northeasterly end of which 
 bears from Cor. No. 15 N. 46 W. 285 ft., averaging 40 
 ft. wide and 8 ft. deep, and extending S. 62 W. 120 ft. 
 along the bed of Cumro creek.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 157 
 
 The nearest postoffice to the claim is Jamestown, 
 a mining camp of about 300 population, located on 
 Brush creek about two miles south of the claim. The 
 nearest railroad station is Tie Siding, a spur and flag 
 station on the Denver, Apex and Western R. R., at the 
 confluence of Cumro and Plum creeks, about 6 miles 
 southwesterly from the claim. 
 
 Other than the system of lode deposits adjoining 
 and forming a part of this claim, there are none nearer 
 than Carbonate, situate about four miles to the north- 
 east. 
 
 This claim is peculiarly adapted for placer mining 
 purposes, inasmuch as the contour of the surface and 
 the character and nature of the soil are such that it 
 can be most advantageously and cheaply worked by 
 hydraulic giants and the tailings be rapidly and easily 
 disposed of. Cumro creek carries about 50 cu. ft. of 
 water per second during the dry season, being an 
 abundance of water for working the claim. As yet 
 no water has been taken upon the claim for its devel- 
 opment, except in washing the placer workings here- 
 inbefore described; but by a survey it has been found 
 that by a ditch not over one mile in length, water can 
 be taken from Cumro creek onto the highest portions 
 of the claim. It being the express intention of the 
 claimants to work the claim in this manner. 
 
 g The works and expenditures made by the claimants 
 for the development of the claim consists of the placer 
 workings described under paragraph c of this report. 
 
 There are no mines, salt licks, salt springs, or mill 
 seats upon this claim. 
 
 Oath of U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 Under General Land Office Circular "N" of September 
 
 23, 1882. 
 
 I, A. L. Hawley, U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor, do 
 solemnly swear that in pursuance of an order received 
 from the U. S. Surveyor General for Colorado, dated Feb- 
 ruary 6th, 1893, I have made, under the provisions of Gen- 
 eral Land Office Circular "N," approved September 23, 
 1882, a personal and thorough examination, upon the prem-
 
 158 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 ises, of the placer mining claim of T. E. Jenkins et al, 
 known as the Cumro placer, situate in Pike's Peak Mining 
 District, El Paso County, Colorado, embracing 32.07 acres 
 and forming a portion of the S. y 2 of the S. W. % of Sec. 17 
 in Township No. 14 S. r Range No. 69 W. of the 6th P. M., 
 and that my report of such examination, hereto attached, 
 is specific and in detail, and is a full and true statement of 
 the facts upon all the points specified in said Circular. 
 
 A. L. HAWLEY, 
 U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to by the said A. L. Hawley, U. S. 
 Deputy Mineral Surveyor, before me, a notary public in 
 and for El Paso County, Colorado, this 20th day of Feb- 
 ruary, 1893. 
 
 B. F. CLARK, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 My commission expires December 20, 1893. 
 
 Corroborative Affidavit Under Paragraph 62, General 
 
 Mining Circular, Approved June 24, 1899. 
 STATE OF COLORADO,) 
 
 County of El Paso. j ss. 
 
 W. H. Wilson and J. P. Thompson, being first duly 
 sworn, severally depose and say that he is personally and 
 well acquainted with the placer-mining claim of T. E. Jen- 
 kins et al., known as the Cumro placer, situate in Pike's 
 Peak Mining District, El Paso County, Colorado, embracing 
 32.07 acres and forming a portion of the S. % of the S. W. 
 % of Sec. 17, in Township No. 14 S., Range No. 69 W. of 
 the 6th P. M.; and also with the character of all the land 
 included in said claim, and has been so acquainted for 10 
 and 12 years last past; that his knowledge of said claim 
 and land is derived from prospecting the ground and work- 
 ing the claim and is such as to enable him to testify un- 
 d'erstandingly with regard thereto; that he has carefully 
 read the foregoing report of A. L. Hawley, U. S. Deputy 
 Mineral Surveyor, and that to his own personal knowledge 
 said report is in all respects true and accurate. 
 
 W. H. WILSON. 
 J. P. THOMPSON. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to by the above-named persons 
 before me this 20th day of February, 1893. 
 
 (Seal.) B. F. CLARK, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 My commission expires December 20, 1893.
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Office United States Surveyor-General. 
 
 The province of the office of Surveyor-General for any 
 district is to supervise the surveys of the public land in 
 that district. 
 
 The agricultural land is subdivided into townships six 
 miles square, each township again into thirty-six sections, 
 each one mile square, containing six hundred and forty 
 acres, which can be still further subdivided to suit the con- 
 venience of persons desiring to obtain title thereto. This 
 surveying work is done by contract made between the sur- 
 veyor appointed a deputy surveyor and the government, 
 the price paid the deputy being from five to seven dollars 
 per mile for subdivision, seven to eleven dollars per mile 
 for township exteriors, and from nine to thirteen dollars 
 per mile for connection and meander lines. After these 
 surveys are once made and approved by the Surveyor-Gen- 
 eral and the General Land Office, the Surveyor-General has 
 no more authority in the matter, unless on account of fraud- 
 ulent surreys or some similar cause the surveys in question 
 are suspended, and new and correct surveys are made. 
 
 In surveying mineral claims, a different method entirely 
 is followed. The surveying is done by United States Deputy 
 Mineral Surveyors employed by the owner of the claim 
 to be patented. These Deputy Mineral Surveyors are ap- 
 pointed by the Surveyor-General, who requires the appli- 
 cant to pass an examination or not, as he sees fit. Section 
 2334 of the revised statute making provision for these ap- 
 pointments being in part as follows: 
 
 Sec. 2334. The Surveyor-General of the United States 
 may appoint in each land district containing mineral lands 
 as many competent surveyors as shall apply for appoint-
 
 160 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 ment to survey mining claims. The expenses of the sur- 
 vey of vein or lode claims, and the survey and subdivision 
 of placer claims into smaller quantities than one hundred 
 and sixty acres, together with the cost of publication of 
 notices, shall be paid by the applicants, and they shall be 
 at liberty to obtain the same at the most reasonable rates, 
 and they shall also be at liberty to employ any United 
 States Deputy Surveyor to make the survey. The Com- 
 missioner of the General Land Office shall also have power 
 to establish the maximum charges for surveys and publi- 
 cation of notices under this chapter; and, in case of exces- 
 sive charges for publication, he may designate any newspa- 
 per published in a land district where mines are situated 
 for the publication of mining notices in such district, and 
 fix the rates to be charged by such paper; and, to the end 
 that the Commissioner may be fully informed on the sub- 
 ject, each applicant shall file with the register a sworn 
 statement of all charges and fees paid by such applicant 
 for publication and surveys, together with all fees and 
 money paid the register and the receiver of the land office, 
 which statement shall be transmitted, with the other pa- 
 pers in the case, to the Commissioner of the General Land 
 Office. 
 
 Before appointment of a deputy is made he is required 
 to file a bond of $10,000 for the faithful performance of his 
 duties. 
 
 Upon receipt by the Surveyor-General of the application 
 for survey order, together with the certified copy of loca- 
 tion certificate and duplicate certificate of deposit for the 
 necessary amount on account of office work, the applica- 
 tion and copy of location certificates are examined on the 
 following points: 
 
 Application for survey order must give 
 
 Name of claimant. 
 
 Name of claim.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 161 
 
 Name and address of deputy surveyor to whom order is 
 to be sent. 
 
 Postoffice address of claimant, and must be signed by 
 the claimant or his attorney; typewritten signatures will 
 not be accepted. 
 
 The examination of the copy of the location certificate 
 consists of: 
 
 A traverse of the boundary lines of the claim, which 
 must close. 
 
 Claim must be tied to some permanent or fixed monu- 
 ment or so described that the locus of the claim can be de- 
 termined (by giving section, or mining district in which 
 claim is located). 
 
 The certificate must give 
 
 Name of claim. 
 
 Name of locators. 
 
 Date of location. 
 
 Date and place (book and page) of record. 
 
 Certificate of county clerk regarding correctness of docu- 
 ment which must contain his signature, seal and date. 
 
 All dates must be consistent. 
 
 In case of a lode claim the lode line must be described 
 and must fit within the boundaries of the claim, and not 
 be in excess of the statutory limit from any side line nor 
 over 1500 ft. in length. 
 
 In case of placer claims, the acreage must be calcu- 
 lated and not over twenty acres allowed for each indi- 
 vidual locator. 
 
 In case of mill sites not over five acres can be included 
 in the exterior boundaries. 
 
 If these papers are correct, the order for survey is 
 mailed to the deputy designated, who should then proceed 
 to make the survey and return the field notes to the Sur- 
 veyor-General prepared on the proper blanks, together with 
 a plat of the claim prepared on tracing linen on a scale of 
 200 ft. to an inch.
 
 162 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 The three blanks, title page, affidavit of Deputy and 
 affidavit of assistants, are examined to see that they agree 
 clerically with each other and with the application for sur- 
 vey order regarding names, dates, etc. This is done by 
 the Chief Examiner who also examines the field notes for 
 clerical errors, notes that all intersections with lines of 
 conflicting surveys are properly given, that the area state- 
 ment is complete, and that the improvements are properly 
 described and actually benefit the claims to which they are 
 credited. 
 
 The field notes are then taken up for examination on 
 the connected sheets which are diagrams showing all ap- 
 proved mineral surveys. The sheet examination consists 
 of platting the claim on this diagram, ascertaining that all 
 conflicting approved surveys are shown in the field notes 
 and that all such claims are shown in their correct posi- 
 tions. After passing the sheet examination the intersec- 
 tions, conflicting areas, lode line, etc., are then checked. 
 Should at any stage errors be discovered in the field notes, 
 they are returned to the Deputy Surveyor for correction, 
 possibly many times, till the final draft is found to be cor- 
 rect. When all is found to be correct, the plat as approved 
 and transcript of notes are prepared, and upon date of ap- 
 proval two copies of the plat and a transcript of the field 
 notes are mailed to the claimant, or attorney, one copy of 
 the plat mailed to the local land office, and one copy of 
 the plat and the original field notes retained in office of 
 Surveyor-General. The deputy is notified at date of ap- 
 proval of field notes. 
 
 The latest issue of Manual of Instructions is dated 1895 
 and many changes have been made since then in depart- 
 mental practice, which changed conditions have, however, 
 been met from time to time in the Mining Regulations 
 issued by the General Land Office, that portion of which 
 relating to Mineral Surveys, especially paragraphs 115 to 
 169 being given herewith.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 163 
 
 36. The Surveyors-General should designate all sur- 
 veyed mineral claims by a progressive series of numbers, 
 beginning with Survey No. 37, irrespective as to whether 
 they are situated on surveyed or unsurveyed lands, the 
 claim to be so designated at date of issuing the order 
 therefor, in addition to the local designation of the claim; 
 it being required in all cases that the plat and field notes 
 of the survey of a claim must, in addition to the reference 
 to permanent objects in the neighborhood, describe the 
 locus of the claim with reference to the lines of public sur- 
 veys by a line connecting a corner of the claim with the 
 nearest public corner of the United States surveys, unless 
 such claim be on unsurveyed lands at a distance of more 
 than two miles from such public corner, in which latter 
 case it should be connected with a United States mineral 
 monument. Such connecting line must not be more than 
 two miles in length, and should be measured on the 
 ground direct between the points, or calculated from act- 
 ually surveyed traverse lines if the nature of the country 
 should not permit direct measurement If a regularly es- 
 tablished survey corner is within two miles of a claim sit- 
 uated on unsurveyed lands, the connection should be made 
 with such corner in preference to a connection with a 
 United States mineral monument. The connecting line or 
 traverse line must be surveyed by the Deputy Mineral Sur- 
 veyor at the time of his making the particular survey, and 
 be made a part thereof. 
 
 Placer Claims. 
 
 58. The proceedings to obtain patents for placer claims, 
 including all forms of mineral deposits excepting veins of 
 quartz or other rock in place, are similar to the proceedings 
 prescribed for obtaining patents for vein or lode claims; 
 but where a placer claim shall be upon surveyed lands, and 
 conforms to legal subdivisions, no further survey or plat 
 will be required. Where placer claims can not be con-
 
 164 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 formed to legal subdivisions, survey and plat shall be made 
 as on unsurveyed lands. 
 
 59. The proceedings for obtaining patents for veins or 
 lodes having already been fully given, it will not be neces- 
 sary to repeat them here, it being thought that careful at- 
 tention thereto by applicants and the local officers will en- 
 able them to act understandingly in the matter, and make 
 such slight modifications in the notice, or otherwise, as 
 may be necessary in view of the different nature of the 
 two classes of claims; placer claims being fixed, however, 
 at two dollars and fifty cents per acre, or fractional part 
 of an acre. 
 
 60. In placer applications for patent care must be ex- 
 ercised to determine the proper classification of the lands 
 claimed. To this end the clearest evidence of which the 
 case is capable should be presented. 
 
 (1) If the claim be all placer ground, that fact must be 
 stated in the application and corroborated by accompanying 
 proofs; if of mixed placers and lodes, it should be so set 
 out, with a description of all known lodes situated within 
 the boundaries of the claim. A specific declaration, such 
 as is required by section 2333, Revised Statutes, must be 
 furnished as to each lode intended to be claimed. All 
 other known lodes are, by the silence of the applicant, ex- 
 cluded by law from all claim by him, of whatsoever nature, 
 possessory or otherwise. 
 
 (2) Deputy surveyors shall, at the expense of the par- 
 ties, make full examination of all placer claims surveyed 
 by them, and duly note the facts as specified in the law, 
 stating the quality and composition of the soil, the kind end 
 amount of timber and other vegetation, the locus and size 
 of streams, and such other matters as may appear upon the 
 surface of the claim. This examination should include the 
 character and extent of all surface and underground work- 
 ings, whether placer or lode, for mining purposes. 
 
 (3) In addition to these data, which the law requires to
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 165 
 
 be shown in all cases, the Deputy should report with refer- 
 ence to the proximity of centers of trade or residence; 
 also of well-known systems of lode deposit or of individual 
 lodes. He should also report as to the use or adaptability 
 of the claim for placer mining; whether water has been 
 brought upon it in sufficient quantity to mine the same, or 
 whether it can be procured for that purpose; and, finally, 
 what works or expenditures have been made by the claim- 
 ant or his grantors for the development of the claim, and 
 their situation and location with respect to the same as 
 applied for. 
 
 (4) This examination should be reported by the Deputy 
 under oath to the Surveyor-General, and duly corroborated; 
 and a copy of the same should be furnished with the appli- 
 cation for patent to the claim, constituting a part thereof, 
 and included in the oath of the applicant. 
 
 (5) Applications awaiting entry, whether published or 
 not, must be made to conform to these regulations, with 
 respect to examination as to the character of the land. En- 
 tries already made will be suspended for such additional 
 proofs as may be deemed necessary in each case. 
 
 Mill Sites. 
 
 61. Land entered as a mill site must be shown to be 
 non-mineral. Mill sites are simply auxiliary to the work- 
 ing of mineral claims, and as section 2337, which provides 
 for the patenting of mill sites, is embraced in the chapter 
 of the Revised Statutes relating to mineral lands, they are 
 therefore included in this circular. 
 
 62. To avail themselves of this provision of law parties 
 holding the possessory right to a vein or lode, and to a 
 piece of non-mineral land not contiguous thereto for mining 
 or milling purposes, not exceeding the quantity allowed for 
 such purpose by section 2337, or prior laws, under which 
 the land was appropriated, the proprietors of such vein or 
 lode may file in tte proper land office their application for
 
 166 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 a patent, under oath, in manner already set forth herein, 
 which application, together with the plat and field notes, 
 may include, embrace, and describe, in addition to the vein 
 or lode, such non-contiguous mill site, and after due pro- 
 ceedings as to notice, etc., a patent will be issued convey- 
 ing the same as one claim. The owner of a patented lode 
 may, by an independent application, secure a mill site if 
 good faith is manifest in its use or occupation in connec- 
 tion with the lode and no adverse claim exists. 
 
 63. Where the original survey includes a lode claim 
 and also a mill site the lode claim should be described in 
 the plat and field notes as "Sur. No. 37, A," and the mill 
 site as "Sur. No. 37, B," or whatever may be its appropri- 
 ate numerical designation; the course and distance from 
 a corner of the mill site to a corner of the lode claim to be 
 invariably given in such plat and field notes, and a copy 
 of the plat and notice of application for patent must be 
 conspicuously posted upon the mill site as well as upon the 
 vein or lode for the statutory period of sixty days. In mak- 
 ing the entry no separate receipt or certificate need be 
 issued for the mill site, but the whole area of both lode and 
 mill site will be embraced in one entry, the price being 
 five dollars for each acre and fractional part of an acre em- 
 braced by such lode and mill site claim. 
 
 64. In case the owner of a quartz mill or reduction 
 works is not the owner or claimant of a vein or lode the 
 law permits him to make application therefor in the same 
 manner prescribed herein for mining claims, and after due 
 notice and proceedings, in the absence of a valid adverse 
 filing, to enter and receive a patent for his mill site at said 
 price per acre. 
 
 65. In every case there must be satisfactory proof that 
 the land claimed as a mill site is not mineral in character, 
 which proof may, where the matter is unquestioned, con- 
 sist of the sworn statement of two or more persons capable, 
 from acquaintance with the land, to testify understandingly.
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 167 
 
 82. In order that the "boundaries" and "extent" of the 
 claim may be shown, it will be incumbent upon the adverse 
 claimant to file a plat showing his entire claim, its relative 
 situation or position with the one against which he claims, 
 and the extent of the conflict: Provided, however, That if 
 the application for patent describes the claim by legal sub- 
 divisions, the adverse claimant, if also claiming by legal 
 subdivisions, may describe his adverse claim in the same 
 manner without further survey or plat. If the claim is not 
 described by legal subdivisions, it will generally be more 
 satisfactory if the plat thereof is made from an actual sur- 
 vey by a deputy mineral surveyor, and its correctness offi- 
 cially certified thereon by him. 
 
 91. With regard to the platting of the claim and other 
 office work in the Surveyor's General office, that officer will 
 make an estimate of the cost thereof, which amount the 
 claimant will deposit with any assistant United States 
 treasurer or designated depository in favor of the United 
 States treasurer, to be passed to the credit of the fund cre- 
 ated by "individual depositors for surveys of the public 
 lands," and file with the Surveyor-General duplicate cer- 
 tificates of such deposit in the usual manner. 
 
 92. The Surveyors-General will endeavor to appoint 
 surveyors to survey mining claims, so that one or more 
 may be located in each mining district for the greater con- 
 venience of miners. 
 
 93. The usual oaths will be required of these surveyors 
 and their assistants as to the correctness of each survey 
 executed by them. 
 
 The duty of the surveyor ceases when he has executed 
 the survey and returned the field notes and preliminary 
 plat thereof with his report to the Surveyor-General. He 
 will not be allowed to prepare for the mining claimant the 
 papers in support of an application for patent, or otherwise 
 perform the duties of an attorney before the land office in 
 connection with a mining claim.
 
 168 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 The Surveyors-General and local land officers are ex- 
 pected to report any infringement of this regulation to this 
 office. 
 
 94. Should it appear that excessive or exorbitant 
 charges have been made by any surveyor or any publisher, 
 prompt action will be taken with the view of correcting 
 the abuse. 
 
 Surveys of Mining Claims. 
 General Provisions. 
 
 115. Under section 2334. U. S. Rev. Stats., the U. S. 
 Surveyor-General "may appoint in each land district con- 
 taining mineral lands as many competent surveyors as 
 shall apply for appointment to survey mining claims." 
 
 116. Persons desiring such appointments should there- 
 fore file their applications with the Surveyor-General for 
 the district wherein appointment is asked, who will furnish 
 all information necessary. 
 
 117. All appointments of Deputy Mineral Surveyors 
 must be submitted to the Commissioner of the General Land 
 Office for approval. 
 
 118. The Surveyors-General have authority to suspend 
 or revoke the commissions of Deputy Mineral Surveyors 
 for cause. Before final action, however, the matter should 
 be submitted to the Commissioner of the General Land 
 Office for approval. 
 
 119. Such Surveyors will be allowed the right of appeal 
 from the action of the Surveyor-General in the usual man- 
 ner. Such appeal should be filed with the Surveyor-Gen- 
 eral, who will at once transmit the same, with a full report, 
 to the General Land Office. 
 
 120. Neither the Surveyor-General nor the Commis- 
 sioner of the General Land Office has jurisdiction to settle 
 differences, relative to the payment of charges for field 
 work, between Deputy Mineral Surveyors and claimants. 
 These are matters of private contract and must be en-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 169 
 
 forced in the ordinary manner, i. e., in the local courts. 
 The Department has, however, authority to investigate 
 charges affecting the official actions of Deputy Mineral Sur- 
 veyors, and will, on sufficient cause shown, suspend or re- 
 voke their appointment. 
 
 121. The Surveyors-General should appoint as many 
 competent Deputy Mineral Surveyors as apply for appoint- 
 ment, in order that claimants may have a choice of survey- 
 ors, and he enabled to have their work done on the most 
 advantageous terms. 
 
 122. The schedule of charges for office work should be 
 as low as is possible. No additional charges should be 
 made for orders for amended surveys, unless the necessity 
 therefor is clearly the fault of the claimant, or considerable 
 additional office work results therefrom. 
 
 123. In cases where the error in the original survey is 
 due to the carelessness or neglect of the Surveyor who 
 made it, he should be required to make the necessary cor- 
 rections in the field at his own expense, and the Surveyor- 
 General should advise him that the penalty for failure to 
 comply with instructions within a specified time will be 
 the suspension or revocation of his commission. 
 
 124. Mineral Surveyors will address all official commu- 
 nications to the Surveyor-General. They will, when a min- 
 ing claim is the subject of correspondence, give the name 
 and survey number. In replying to letters they will give 
 the subject-matter and date of the letter. They will 
 promptly notify the Surveyor-General of any change in 
 postoffice address. 
 
 125. Mineral Surveyors should keep a complete record 
 of each survey made by them and the facts coming to their 
 knowledge at the time, as well as copies of all their field 
 notes, reports, and official correspondence, in order that 
 such evidence may be readily produced when called for at 
 any future time. Field notes and other reports must be 
 written in a clear and legible hand or typewritten, in non-
 
 170 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 copying ink, and upon the proper blanks furnished gratui- 
 tously by the Surveyor's General office upon application 
 therefor. No interlineations or erasures will be allowed. 
 
 126. No return by a Mineral Surveyor will be recog- 
 nized as official unless it is over his signature as a United 
 States Deputy Mineral Surveyor, and made in pursuance of 
 a special order from the Surveyor-General's office. After 
 he has received an order for survey he is required to make 
 the survey and return correct field notes thereof to the 
 Surveyor-General's office without delay. 
 
 127. The claimant is required, in all cases, to make 
 satisfactory arrangements with the Surveyor for the pay- 
 ment for his services and those of his assistants in making 
 the survey, as the United States will not be held respon- 
 sible for the same. 
 
 128. A Mineral Surveyor is precluded from acting, 
 either directly or indirectly, as attorney in mineral claims. 
 His duty in any particular case ceases when he has exe- 
 cuted the survey and returned the field notes and prelim- 
 inary plat, with his report, to the Surveyor-General. He 
 will not be allowed to prepare for the mining claimant the 
 papers in support of his application for patent, or other- 
 wise perform the duties of an attorney before the Land 
 Office in connection with a mining claim. He is not per- 
 mitted to combine the duties of surveyor and notary public 
 in the same case by administering oaths to the parties in 
 interest, but as a notary public he may administer the 
 oaths to his assistants in making the survey; otherwise he 
 must have absolutely nothing to do with the case, except 
 in his official capacity as Surveyor. He will make no sur- 
 vey of a mineral claim in which he holds an interest, nor 
 will he employ chainmen interested therein in any manner. 
 
 Survey How Made. 
 
 129. The survey made and returned must, in every case, 
 be an actual survey on the ground in full detail, made by
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 171 
 
 the Mineral Surveyor in person after the receipt of the 
 order, and without reference to any knowledge he may 
 have previously acquired by reason of having made the 
 location survey or otherwise, and must show the actual 
 facts existing at the time. This precludes him from cal- 
 culating the connections to corners of the public survey 
 and location monuments, or any other lines of his survey 
 through prior surveys made by others and substituting the 
 same for connections or lines of the survey returned by 
 him. The term survey in this paragraph applies not only 
 to the usual field work, but also to the examinations re- 
 quired for the preparation of affidavits of five hundred dol- 
 lars expenditure, descriptive reports on placer claims, and 
 all other reports. 
 
 130. The survey of a mining claim may consist of sev- 
 eral contiguous locations, but such survey must, in con- 
 formity with statutory requirements, distinguish the sev- 
 eral locations, and exhibit the boundaries of each. The 
 survey will be given but one number. 
 
 131. The survey must be made in strict conformity 
 with, or be embraced within, the lines of the location upon 
 which the order is based. If the survey and location are 
 identical, that fact must be clearly and distinctly stated in 
 the field notes. If not identical, a bearing and distance 
 must be given from each established corner of survey to 
 the corresponding corner of the location, and the location 
 corner must be fully described, so that it can be identified. 
 The lines of the location, as found upon the ground, must 
 be laid down upon the preliminary plat in such a manner 
 as to contrast and show their relation to the lines of 
 survey. 
 
 132. In view of the principle that courses and distances 
 must give way when in conflict with fixed objects and 
 monuments, the surveyor will not, under any circumstances, 
 change the corners of the location for the purpose of mak- 
 ing them conform to the description in the record. If the
 
 72 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 difference from the location be slight, it may be explained 
 in the field notes. 
 
 133. No mining claim located subsequent to May 10, 
 1872, should exceed the statutory limit in width on each 
 side of the center of vein or 1,500 feet in length, and all 
 surveys must close within 50-100 feet in 1,000 feet, and the 
 error must not be such as to make the location exceed the 
 statutory limit, and in absence of other proof the discovery 
 point is held to be the center of the vein on the surface. 
 The course and length of the vein should be marked upon 
 the plat. 
 
 134. All mineral surveys must be made with a transit, 
 provided with a solar attachment, by which the meridian 
 can be determined independently of the magnetic needle, 
 and all courses must be referred to the true meridian. The 
 variation should be noted at each corner of the survey. 
 The true course of at least one line of each survey must 
 be ascertained by astronomical observations made at the 
 time of the survey; the data for determining the same 
 and details as to how these data were arrived at must be 
 given. Or, in lieu of the foregoing the survey must be 
 connected with some line the true course of which has 
 been previously established beyond question, and in a sim- 
 ilar manner, and, when such lines exist, it is desirable in 
 all cases that they should be used as a proof of the accu- 
 racy of subsequent work. 
 
 135. Corner No. 1 of each location embraced in a sur- 
 vey must be connected by course and distance with near- 
 est corner of the public servey or with a United States 
 location monument, if the claim lies within two miles of 
 such corner or monument. If both are within the required 
 distance the connection must be with the corner of the 
 public survey. 
 
 136. Surveys and connections of mineral claims may be 
 made in suspended townships in the same manner as 
 though the claims were upon unsurveyed land, except as
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 173 
 
 hereinafter specified, by connecting them with independent 
 mineral monuments. At the same time, the position of any 
 public-land corner which may be found in the neighborhood 
 of the claim should be noted, so that, in case of the release 
 of the township from suspension, the position of the claim 
 can be shown on the plat. 
 
 137. A mineral survey must not be returned with its 
 connection made only with a corner of the public survey, 
 where the survey of the township within which it is situ- 
 ated is under suspension, nor connected with a mineral 
 monument alone, when situated within the limits of a 
 township the regularity and correctness of the survey of 
 which is unquestioned. 
 
 138. In making an official survey, corner No. 1 of each 
 location must be established at the corner nearest the cor- 
 ner of the public survey or location monument, unless good 
 cause is shown for its being placed otherwise. If connec- 
 tions are given to both a corner of the public survey and 
 location monument, corners Nos. 1 should be placed at the 
 corner nearest the corner of the public survey. When a 
 boundary line of a claim intersects a section line courses 
 and distances from point of intersection to the government 
 corners at each end of the half mile of section line so inter- 
 sected must be given. 
 
 139. In case a survey is situated in a district where 
 there are no corners of the public survey and no monu- 
 ments within the prescribed limits, a mineral monument 
 must be established, in the location of which the greatest 
 care must be exercised to insure permanency as to site 
 and construction. 
 
 140. The site, when practicable, should be some prom- 
 inent point, visible for a long distance from every direc- 
 tion, and should be so chosen that the permanency of the 
 monument will not be endangered by snow, rock, or land- 
 slides, or other natural causes. 
 
 141. The monument should consist of a stone not less
 
 174 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 than 30 inches long, 20 inches wide, and 6 inches thick, set 
 halfway in the ground, with a conical mound of stone 4 
 feet high and 6 feet- base alongside. The letters U. S. L. 
 M., followed by the consecutive number of the monument 
 in the district, must be plainly chiseled upon the stone. 
 If impracticable to obtain a stone of required dimensions, 
 then a post 8 feet long, 6 inches square, set 3 feet in the 
 ground, scribed as for a stone monument, protected by a 
 well-built conical mound of stone of not less than 3 feet 
 high and 6 feet base around it, may be used. The exact 
 point for connection must be indicated on the monument 
 by an X chiseled thereon; if a post is used, then a tack 
 must be driven into the post to indicate the point. 
 
 142. From the monument, connections by course and 
 distance must be taken to two or three bearing trees or 
 rocks, and to any well-known and permanent objects in the 
 vicinity, such as the confluence of streams, prominent 
 rocks, buildings, shafts, or mouths of adits. Bearing trees 
 must be properly scribed B. T. and bearing rocks chiseled 
 B. R., together with the number of the location monu- 
 ment; the exact point on the tree or stone to which the 
 connection is taken should be indicated by a cross or other 
 unmistakable mark. Bearings should also be taken to 
 prominent mountain peaks, and the approximate distance 
 and direction ascertained from the nearest town or mining 
 camp. A detailed description of the locating monument, 
 with a topographical map of its location, should be fur- 
 nished the office of the Surveyor-General by the surveyor. 
 
 143. Corners may consist of 
 
 First. A stone at least 24 inches long set 12 inches in 
 the ground, with a conical mound of stone 1% feet high, 
 2 feet base, alongside. 
 
 Second. A post at least 3 feet long by 4 inches square, 
 set 18 inches in the ground and surrounded by a substan- 
 tial mound of stone or earth. 
 
 Third. A rock in place.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 175 
 
 A stone should always be used for a corner when possi- 
 ble, and when so used the kind should be stated. 
 
 144. All corners must be established in a permanent 
 and workmanlike manner, and the corner and survey num- 
 ber must be neatly chiseled or scribed on the sides facing 
 the claim. The exact corner point must be permanently in- 
 dicated on the corner. When a rock in place is used its di- 
 mensions above ground must be stated and a cross chiseled 
 at the exact corner point. 
 
 145. In case the point for the corner be inaccessible or 
 unsuiable a witness corner, which must be marked with 
 the letters W. C. in addition to the corner and survey num- 
 ber, should be established. The witness corner should be 
 located upon a line of the survey and as near as possible 
 to the true corner, with which it must be connected by 
 course and distance. The reason why it is impossible or 
 impracticable to establish the true corner must always be 
 stated in the field notes, and in running the next course it 
 should be stated whether the start is made from the true 
 place for corner or from witness corner. 
 
 146. The identity of all corners should be perpetuated 
 by taking courses and distances to bearing trees, rocks, and 
 other objects, as prescribed in the establishment of location 
 monuments, and when no bearings are given it shouid be 
 stated that no bearings are available. Permanent objects 
 should be selected for bearings whenever possible. 
 
 147. If an official mineral survey has been made in the 
 vicinity, within a reasonable distance, a further connecting 
 line should be run to some corner thereof; and in like 
 manner all conflicting surveys and locations should be so 
 connected, and the corner with which connection is made 
 in each case described. Such connections will be made and 
 conflicts shown according to the boundaries of the neigh- 
 boring or conflicting claims as each is marked, defined, and 
 actually established upon the ground. The mineral sur- 
 veyor will fully and specifically state in his return how and
 
 176 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 by what visible evidences he was able to identify on the 
 ground the several conflicting surveys and those which 
 appear according to their returned tie or boundary lines to 
 conflict, if they were so identified, and report errors or dis- 
 crepancies found by him in any such surveys. In the sur- 
 vey of contiguous claims which constitute a consolidated 
 group, where corners are common, bearings should be men- 
 tioned but once. (Amendment.) 
 
 148. The mineral surveyor should note carefully all 
 topographical features of the claim, taking distances on his 
 lines to intersections with all streams, gulches, ditches, ra- 
 vines, mountain ridges, roads, trails, etc., with their widths, 
 courses, and other data that may be required to map them 
 correctly. All municipal or private improvements, such as 
 blocks, streets, and buildings, should be located. 
 
 149. If, in running the exterior lines of a claim, the 
 survey is found to conflict with the survey of another 
 claim, the distances to the points of intersection, and the 
 courses and distances along the line intersected from an 
 established corner of such conflicting claim to such points 
 of intersection, should be described in the field notes: 
 Provided, That where a corner of the conflicting survey 
 falls within the claim being surveyed, such corner should 
 be selected from which to give the bearing, otherwise the 
 corner nearest the intersection should be taken. The same 
 rule should govern in the survey of claims embracing two 
 or more locations the lines of which intersect. 
 
 150. A lode and mill-site claim in one survey will be 
 distinguished by the letters A and B following the number 
 of the survey. The corners of the mill site will be num- 
 bered independently of those of the lode. Corner No. 1 of 
 the mill site must be connected with a corner of the lode 
 claim as well as with a corner of the public survey or 
 United States location monument. 
 
 151. When a placer claim includes lodes, or when sev- 
 eral contiguous placer or lode locations are included as one
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 177 
 
 claim in one survey, there must be given to the corners of 
 each location constituting the same a separate consecutive 
 numerical designation, beginning with corner No. 1 in 
 each case. 
 
 152. Throughout the description of the survey, after 
 each reference to the lines or corners of a location, the 
 name thereof must be given, and if unsurveyed, the fact 
 stated. If reference is made to a location included in a 
 prior official survey, the survey number must be given, 
 followed by the name of the location. Corners should be 
 described once only. 
 
 153. The total area of each location and also the area 
 in conflict with each intersecting survey or claim should be 
 stated; also the total area claimed. But when locations em- 
 braced in one survey conflict with each other such conflicts 
 should only be stated in connection with the location from 
 which the conflicting area is excluded. 
 
 154. It should be stated particularly whether the claim 
 is upon surveyed or unsurveyed public lands, giving in the 
 former case the quarter section, township, and range in 
 which it is located, and the section lines should be indi- 
 cated by full lines and the quarter-section lines by dotted 
 lines. 
 
 155. The title-page of the field notes must contain the 
 postoflice address of the claimant or his authorized agent. 
 
 156. In the mineral surveyor's certificate of the value 
 of the improvements all actual expenditures and mining 
 improvements made by the claimant or his grantors, having 
 a direct relation to the development of the claim, must bo 
 included in the estimate. 
 
 157. The expenditures required may be made from the 
 surface or in running a tunnel, drifts, or crosscuts for the 
 development of the claim. Improvements of any other 
 character, such as buildings, machinery, or roadways, 
 must be excluded from the estimate, unless it is shown 
 clearly that they are associated with actual excavations.
 
 178 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 such as cuts, tunnels, shafts, etc., are essential to the prac- 
 tical development of, and actually facilitate the extraction 
 of mineral from, the claim. 
 
 158. All mining and other improvements claimed will 
 be located by courses and distances from corners of the 
 survey, or from points on the center or side lines, specify- 
 ing with particularity and detail the dimensions and char- 
 acter of each, and the improvements upon each location 
 should be numbered consecutively, the point of discovery 
 being always No. 1. Improvements made upon other loca- 
 tions, or by a former locator who has abandoned the claim, 
 can not be included in the estimate, but should be de- 
 scribed and located in the notes and plat. 
 
 159. In case of a lode and mill-site claim in the same 
 survey the expenditure of five hundred dollars must be 
 shown upon the lode claim. 
 
 160. If the value of the labor and improvements upon 
 a mineral claim is less than five hundred dollars at the 
 time of survey, the mineral surveyor may file with the Sur- 
 veyor-General supplemental proof showing five hundred 
 dollars expenditure made prior to the expiration of the 
 period of publication. 
 
 161. The mineral surveyor will return with his field 
 notes a preliminary plat on blank sent to him for that pur- 
 pose, protracted on a scale of two hundred feet to an inch, 
 if practicable. In preparing plats the top is north. Copy of 
 the calculations of areas by double meridian distances and 
 of all triangulations or traverse lines must be furnished,. 
 The lines of the claim surveyed should be heavier than the 
 lines of conflicting claims. 
 
 162. Whenever a survey has been reported in error the 
 surveyor who made it will be required to promptly make a 
 thorough examination upon the premises and report the 
 result, under oath, to the Surveyor-General's office. In 
 case he finds his survey in error he will report in detail all 
 discrepancies with the original survey and submit any ex-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 179 
 
 planation he may have to offer as to the cause. If, on the 
 contrary, he should report his survey correct, a joint sur- 
 vey will be ordered to settle the differences with the sur- 
 veyor who reported the error. A joint survey must be 
 made within ten days after the date of order unless satis- 
 factory reasons are submitted, under oath, for a postpone- 
 ment. The field work must in every sense of the term be 
 a joint and not a separate survey, and the observations and 
 measurements taken with the same instrument and chain, 
 previously tested and agreed upon. 
 
 163. The surveyor found in error, or, if both are in 
 error, the one who reported the same, will make out the 
 field notes of the joint survey, which, after being duly 
 signed and sworn to by both parties, must be transmitted 
 to the Surveyor-General's office. 
 
 164. Inasmuch as amended surveys are ordered only 
 by special instructions from the General Land Office, and 
 the conditions and circumstances peculiar to each separate 
 case, and the object sought by the required amendment, 
 alone govern all special matters relative to the manner of 
 making such survey and the form and subject-matter to be 
 embraced in the field notes thereof, but few general rules 
 applicable to all cases can be laid down. 
 
 165. The amended survey must be made in strict con- 
 formity with, or be embraced within, the lines of the orig- 
 inal survey. If the amended and original surveys are iden- 
 tical, that fact must be clearly and distinctly stated in the 
 field notes. If not identical, a bearing and distance must 
 be given from each established corner of the amended sur- 
 vey to the corresponding corner of the original survey. The 
 lines of the original survey, as found upon the ground, 
 must be laid down upon the preliminary plat in such man- 
 ner as to contrast and show their relation to the lines of 
 the amended survey. 
 
 166. The field notes of the amended survey must be pre- 
 pared on the same size and form of blanks as are the field
 
 180 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 notes of the original survey, and the word "amended" must 
 be used before the word "survey" wherever it occurs in the 
 field notes. 
 
 167. Mineral surveyors are required to make full ex- 
 aminations of all placer claims at the time of survey and 
 file with the field notes a descriptive report, in which will 
 be described 
 
 (a) The quality and composition of the soil, and the 
 kind and amount of timber and other vegetation. 
 
 (b) The locus and size of streams, and such other 
 matter as may appear upon the surface of the claims. 
 
 (c) The character and extent of all surface and under- 
 ground workings, whether placer or lode, for mining pur- 
 poses, locating and describing them. 
 
 (d) The proximity of centers of trade or residence. 
 
 (e) The proximity of well-known systems of lode de- 
 posits or of individual lodes. 
 
 (f) The use or adaptability of the claim for placer 
 mining and whether water has been brought upon it in 
 sufficient quantity to mine the same, or whether it can be 
 procured for that purpose. 
 
 (g) What works or expenditures have been made by 
 the claimant or his grantors for the development of the 
 claim, and their situation and location with respect to the 
 same as applied for. 
 
 (h) The true situation of all mines, salt licks, salt 
 springs, and mill sites which come to the surveyor's knowl- 
 edge, or a report by him that none exist on the claim, as 
 the facts may warrant. 
 
 (i) Said report must be made under oath and duly 
 corroborated by one or more disinterested persons. 
 
 168. The employing of claimants, their attorneys, or 
 parties in interest, as assistants in making surveys of min- 
 eral claims, will not be allowed. 
 
 169. The field work must be accurately and properly 
 performed and returns made in conformity with the fore-
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 181 
 
 going instructions. Errors in the survey must be corrected 
 at the surveyor's own expense, and if the time required in 
 the examination of the returns is increased by reason of 
 neglect or carelessness, he will be required to make an 
 additional deposit for office work. He will be held to a strict 
 accountability for the faithful discharge of his duties, and 
 will be required to observe fully the requirements and regu- 
 lations in force as to making mineral surveys. If found 
 incompetent as a surveyor, careless in the discharge of 
 his duties, or guilty of a violation of said regulations, his 
 appointment will be promptly revoked. 
 
 W. A. RICHARDS, 
 
 Commissioner. 
 Approved. 
 
 E. A. HITCHCOCK, Secretary. 
 
 The surveyor general of Colorado has issued the fol- 
 lowing circular letter and requires deputy mineral survey- 
 ors to comply strictly therewith: 
 
 In your future work before this office you will comply 
 in detail with the requirements contained in amended 
 paragraph 147 of Mining Circular, and to insure uniform- 
 ity in your returns will pay particular attention to the fol- 
 lowing instructions: 
 
 As said amendment requires that all conflicting sur- 
 veys shall be shown according to the boundaries as each 
 is marked, defined and actually established upon the 
 ground without regard to whether or not patents have is- 
 sued for the claims in question; you will be required to 
 determine in each case that the monuments of conflicting 
 claims as found upon the ground are the official monu- 
 ments of the official surveys, or occupy the original posi- 
 tion of the same. If this cannot be determined it will then 
 be necessary to revert to the record and show said claims 
 in their approved and patented positions. 
 
 A strict compliance with paragraph 149 of the Mining 
 Circular, which is in part as follows, will be required:
 
 182 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 "If in running the exterior lines of a claim the sur- 
 vey is found to conflict with the survey of another claim, 
 the distances to the points of intersection and the courses 
 and distances along the line intersects from an established 
 corner of such conflicting claim to such points of intersec- 
 tion, should be described in the field notes." ...... 
 
 This will necessitate the re-running by you of each line 
 of a conflicting survey which intersects the exterior lines 
 of the claim being surveyed; and a report upon the course, 
 and if necessary, the length of the same. 
 
 The section and quarter section in which a survey is 
 located will be determined, assuming the subdivision field 
 notes as returned by the deputy surveyor to be correct. 
 
 You will further be required in the field notes, when 
 connections are given to a conflicting or neighboring sur- 
 vey, to state whether or not said connection is given to 
 the position of the claim as staked or as approved by this 
 office. 
 
 An additional note added at the end of the field notes, 
 under heading "Report," will be required, stating: 
 
 1st. How the lines of the survey, connections to con- 
 flicting surveys and to the corner of the public survey 
 or U. S. Location Monument, were determined. 
 
 2nd. A description of the section corner or U. S. Loca- 
 tion Monument to which connection is given in the field 
 notes. 
 
 3rd. A full description of all corners of conflicting 
 claims to which connections are given in the field notes, 
 together with a statement of how and by what visible evi- 
 dence you were able to identify the same as being the offi- 
 cial monuments of the claim in question. 
 
 4th. A statement showing how the courses and lengths 
 of the intersecting boundary lines of conflicting surveys 
 were determined.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 183 
 
 The following circular letter is also of interest: 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 
 
 Office of 
 United States Surveyor General, for the District of Colorado. 
 
 Denver, Colo., May 25, 1892. 
 To Applicants for Mineral Survey Orders 
 in the District of Colorado: 
 
 You are informed that in numerous cases the certified 
 copies of location certificates filed in this office with appli- 
 cations for mineral survey orders are so defective that or- 
 ders cannot be based thereon. This is a very important 
 matter, and locators cannot exercise too much care in de- 
 fining their locations at the outset, inasmuch as the act of 
 Congress of May 10, 1872, provides "That all records of 
 mining claims hereafter made shall contain the name or 
 names of the locators, the date of location, and such a de- 
 scription of the claim or claims located by reference to 
 some natural object or permanent monument as will iden- 
 tify the claim." 
 
 It is also provided by the General Statutes of Colorado, 
 section 2400, that "Any location certificate of a lode claim 
 which shall not contain the name of the lode, the name of 
 the locator, the date of location, the number of lineal feet 
 claimed on each side of the discovery shaft, the general 
 course of the lode and such description as shall identify 
 the claim with reasonable certainty, shall be void." 
 
 One or more of these requirements is often omitted in 
 location certificates submitted to this office, and you are 
 therefore advised, before filing your application, to see that 
 your location has been made in conformity with law and 
 regulations, and that the claim for which patent is sought 
 is properly described. 
 
 A fruitful source of delay is the failure of applicants, 
 their agents or attorneys to thoroughly examine the copies 
 of location certificates received from the county clerk, 
 comparing the same with the original, to see that clerical
 
 181 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 errors have been avoided. The discovery of such errors 
 in this office necessitates the return of the document for 
 correction; causes delay in the issuance of the order for 
 survey and, by allowing the intervention of other orders 
 with prior numbers, retards the approval of the survey 
 often for many weeks. You are therefore requested be- 
 fore filing a copy of a location certificate in this office to 
 examine the same carefully and see: 
 
 That the distances given each way from the discovery 
 do not aggregate more than 1,500 feet, and equal the length 
 of the claim along the vein, as determined from the de- 
 scription by metes and bounds thereof. That not more 
 than the statutory limit is claimed on either side of the 
 discovery,* that the discovery is not described in one place 
 as a shaft and in another as a cut or tunnel; that the 
 end lines are parallel; that the courses and distances given 
 as the boundaries of the claim close; that the dates are 
 correct and consistent; that the name of the claim is leg- 
 ibly written; that the certificate of the county clerk is 
 properly sealed, dated, signed, correctly gives the name of 
 the claim and designates the instrument, as a location, 
 amended, additional or relocation certificate, as the case 
 may be. The importance of attending to these details in 
 the matter of location will be the more readily perceived 
 when it is understood that a failure to give the subject 
 proper attention may invalidate the claim. 
 
 E. C. HUMPHREY, 
 United States Surveyor General for Colorado. 
 
 *Note Colorado Statutes, Section 2398: The width 
 of lode claims hereafter located in Gilpin, Clear Creek, 
 Boulder and Summit counties, shall be seventy-five feet on 
 each side of the center of the vein or crevice; and in all 
 other counties the width of the same shall be one hundred 
 and fifty feet on each side of the center of the vein or 
 crevice.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 185 
 
 Records. 
 
 As the deputy surveyor and others are constantly re- 
 quired to consult the records on file in the surveyor's gen- 
 eral office, it will be well to give an account of the meth- 
 ods used in the Colorado office: 
 
 All claims are indexed alphabetically and numerically. 
 In the alphabetical index there is no information except 
 the name of the claim, its number and land district. In the 
 numerical index is given the number of the claim, the name 
 or names, the claimant, surveyor, date of filing, plat book 
 number, field book number, date of patent or cancellation, 
 township and section, and, under remarks, any further 
 information. The plat books, of which there are over two 
 hundred at present, each contain about one hundred fac- 
 similies of the plats of approved claims. These plats show 
 at a glance the position of the claim and its conflicts, the 
 net area being colored, conflicts, ties, intersections, im- 
 provements, etc., and are probably the most consulted by 
 those desiring information. For additional information the 
 bound field notes filed by the deputy surveyor are used. 
 In addition, all correspondence with the General Land Of- 
 fice if any, is kept on file and may be consulted if re- 
 quired. The so-called connected sheets embrace each a 
 square mile on which all claims in the area embraced are 
 platted on a scale of 300 feet to the inch. Notes from any 
 of these records may be made by any one interested or 
 entitled to information, or copies certified or otherwise 
 will be made in the surveyor's general office for a nominal 
 fee. 
 
 The deputy surveyor as a rule finds it necessary to 
 keep a complete record of the claims in his district for the 
 benefit of his clients, and is required by the General Land 
 Office to keep a complete record of all official work done 
 by himself. In this way every deputy's office is a more 
 or less complete reproduction of the surveyor's general
 
 186 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 office in miniature as far as his own district is concerned. 
 The writer's method of keeping records is as follows: 
 
 The card catalog system is employed throughout where 
 possible. Each claim is catalogued alphabetically on cards, 
 (with a number of names of claims on each card), and also- 
 catalogued numerically with one number to each card. 
 This latter card contains data as follows: 
 
 Sur. No. 16721. Name Silver Star. 
 
 Surveyor John Smith. Date March 20, 1903. 
 
 Notes Scrap Book 101. Plats Vol. 12. 
 
 Maps 
 
 N.W. Sec. 31, T. 3 S. R. 73 W. Patent June 20, 1905. 
 
 District Montana. 
 
 Claimant Henry Jones. 
 
 Area 5.045 acres. 
 
 Remarks 
 These constitute the index cards. 
 
 The skeleton field notes, an example of which is given 
 below, are also copied on a card which is catalogued nu- 
 merically. (These should contain the metes and bounds 
 of the claim, the section ties and ties to other claims, and 
 it is well to have a note of the corners, whether they be 
 stones, posts, etc.) : 
 
 16721 Silver Star. 
 
 1 S. E. 25-3-74 N. 38 51' W. 1961.7 
 
 1-2 S. 50 30' E. 150 1 = stone 
 
 2-3 S. 30" 30' W. loOO 2 = tree 
 
 3-4 N. 50 30' W. 150 3 = stone 
 
 4-1 N. 30 30' E. 1500 4 = stone 
 
 1-6-15950 Golden lode = N. 5 38' E. 20.6 
 
 3-2- 1820 Bear lode = N. SO 9 10' W. 75.8 
 
 The cards have all the advantages common to the card' 
 system in general and also the advantage over books that 
 several people can work in the same office without get- 
 ting into each other's way by wanting the same volume of
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 1ST 
 
 notes at the same time, or having to copy the notes de- 
 sired out of a book. Then, too, the cards can be taken into 
 the field, and thus copying of notes is avoided. While the 
 skeleton field notes of old claims have to be copied, in the 
 case of new claims the published notes of the claim are 
 simply pasted on the cards, after checking, and afterwards 
 any further information likely to be required is added. 
 The official plats of the claim are also copied and bound 
 up in plat books in every way similar to those in the sur- 
 veyor's general office, but as a rule without the intersec- 
 tions. On these plats the areas actually patented are col- 
 ored. 
 
 The carbon copies of all field notes made or acquired 
 are bound together. In addition the connected sheets for 
 these sections required in the Clear Creek and Gilpin dis- 
 tricts have been copied in the surveyor's general office and 
 transferred to protractor sheets exactly like those used in 
 that office. 
 
 In order to give an idea of larger areas of country than 
 that given by one section, another set of maps is also made 
 up where nine sections are combined on one sheet and 
 the claims colored to show at a glance what area each 
 has patented. These sheets of nine square miles each are 
 arranged in a roller map case. 
 
 Field note books are paged consecutively and card cat- 
 alogued. Thus in the system used, page 1213 means note 
 book, volume 12, page 13. 
 
 All figuring is done on sheets of paper of equal size, 
 and filed, each claim by itself, in congress envelopes. 
 
 Carbon copies of all location certificates are filed in an 
 arch letter file. 
 
 The Globe-Wernicke and similar filing cabinets afford 
 the best means of preserving these various devices, with 
 the exception of the large plats. 
 
 The connected sheets are kept in a case made espe- 
 cially for them.
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 Examination for Commission as U. S. Deputy Mineral 
 Surveyor. 
 
 This examination in Colorado consists of problems in 
 -calculation of closing line in a twelve or thirteen-sided 
 placer, together with calculation of area by Double Merid- 
 ian Distance Method, calculation of lode line to fit an 
 irregular claim, calculation of ties, intersections and areas 
 'in an actual approved survey together with writing up a 
 complete set of field notes. A problem on the subdivision 
 of a section of the public survey is usually added. The 
 applicant is also required to determine a correct meridian 
 from solar observation and must do this with his own 
 transit. There are of course other problems, but they in 
 no way differ from those numerous examples that have 
 been given and explained in the course of this work. A 
 few examples will, however, be given in detail to illustrate 
 special cases. One favorite problem which is of consider- 
 .able importance is the one first mentioned above and is as 
 follows : 
 
 Placer Calculations. 
 
 Given: The courses and lengths of lines 1 to 13 of a 
 certain placer. (Fig. 34.) It is desired to amend the sur- 
 vey making Cors. Nos. 2 and 12 identical with the cor- 
 ners of the original survey, tne courses of lines 1-2 and 12-13 
 to remain the same, and the course of line 13-1 to be 
 S. 33 34' E., the new placer to contain an area of 35 acres. 
 Required, the lengths of lines 12-13 and 1-2. 
 
 In figuring the missing course and distance of line 13-1, 
 ^reference should be made to the latitudes and departures
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 189 
 
 3 : : . : : S 3 S :- : g 
 
 2 
 
 :SS ; : :s 
 
 e S -' : '. 5 So 
 
 : S S 2 S S : : : : S : : 
 
 |j : : :-: : :SSS^ :S8 
 Q2 : : : : : : d : 
 
 
 SgS 
 
 I 3 
 
 iiS 
 
 88 
 
 SS 
 
 S I 
 
 8 II" 
 8 
 
 I 
 
 ^ ^ **>'" 
 
 S 0>bwtDOU5^00u5b^<5 
 
 ZZwZZZcowMZZOl
 
 190 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 of courses 1 to 13, included in computing the area by 
 Double Meridian Distances. 
 
 Fig. 34. 
 
 The sum of the north latitudes is found to be 2235.61, 
 >and the sum of the south latitudes is found to be 1401.16, 
 which latter subtracted from the north latitudes leaves a 
 north latitude of 834.45. In like manner subtracting the 
 sum of the east departures, 2466.42, from the sum of the 
 west departures, 2701.97, leaves a west departure of 235.55. 
 
 .log 834.45 = 2.9214003 log 834.45 = 2.9214003 
 
 log 235 . 55 = 2 . 3720831 log cos 15 46' = 9 . 9833449 
 
 log cotan 15 46' = 0.5493172 log 867.07 = 2.9380554 
 Missing course = S 15 46' E 867.07ft. 
 
 In the triangle ABC draw AC parallel to DE, whose 
 course is given as S. 33* 34' E. Line AB we have found 
 to be S. 15 46' E. 867.07 feet. 
 
 A= 17 48' 
 
 A = 33 34' B = 87*19' C = 3334' 180 00' B = 1030o' 
 15 46' 15 46' 87 19' 120 53' C= 59 Q'l' 
 
 17 48' 
 
 103 05' 
 
 120 53' 59 07' 
 
 180 00' 
 
 sin 59 07' : 867. 07 = sin 103 05' : ? 
 sin 59 07' : 867. 07 = sin 17*48':?
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 191 
 
 log 867.07 = 2.938054 log 867.07 = 2.938054 
 
 log sin 103 05' = 9 . 988578 log sin 17 48' = 9 . 485289 
 <colog sin 59 07' = . 066404 colog sin 59 07' = . 066404 
 
 log 984.09 = 2.993036 log 308.85 = 2.489747 
 
 Area = % (867 . 07x308 . 85xsin 103 05') 
 
 log 867.07= 
 log 308.85: 
 
 log sin 103 05' = 
 -colog 87120 : 
 
 log 2.994= 0.476261 
 
 Construct the triangle ACF. Line AF is a prolongation 
 of line 12-13, and line CF is a prolongation of line 1-2. 
 
 A = 103 55' 
 
 A = 70 21' C = 3334' 180 00' F = 8719' C= 59 07' 
 33 34' 87 19' 120' 53' 70 21' F= 16 58' 
 
 103 55' 120 53' 59 07' 16 58' 180 00' 
 
 sin 16 08' : 984.09 = sin 103 55' : ? 
 sin 16 58' : 984. 09 = sin 59 07' : ? 
 
 log 984.09 = 2.993035 log 984.09 = 2.993035 
 
 log sin 103 55' = 9. 987061 log Bin 59* 07' = 9.933596 
 colog sin 16 58' = 0.534892 colog sin 16 58' = 0.534892 
 
 log 3273.32 = 3.514988 log 2894.17 = 3.461523 
 
 Area = % (984. 09x2894. 17xsin 103 55') 
 
 log 984.09= 2.993035 
 log 2894.17= 3.461524 
 log sin 103 35' = 9.987061 
 colog 87120 = 5.059882 
 
 log 31.732= 1.501502 
 
 The area of the placer was found to be 27.873 acres. 
 The area of the quadrilateral ADBE is therefore the dif- 
 ference between 35 acres, the required acreage, and 27.873
 
 192 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 acres, which is 7.127 acres. The area of the triangle ABC" 
 was found to be 2.994 acres; then the area of the quadri- 
 lateral ADCE is the difference between 7.127 acres and 2.994^ 
 acres, or 4.133 acres. The area of the triangle ACF has 
 been found to be 31.732 acres. Therefore the area of the 
 triangle DEP is 31.732 acres + 4.133 acres, or 35.865 acres. 
 
 By geometry 
 
 31 . 732 : 984 . 09 2 = 35 . 865 : DE a 
 31.732 : 3273. 32 2 ==35.865 : EF 2 
 31.732 : 2894.17 2 = 35.865 : DF 1 
 
 log 984. 09 3 =5.986070 log 3273. 32 2 = 7.029978 
 
 log 35.865 = 1.554671 log 35.865 = 1.554671 
 
 7.540741 8.584649 
 
 log 31.732 = 1.501502 log 31.732 = 1.501502 
 
 2)6.039239 2)7.083147 
 
 log 1046.21 =3.019619 log 3479.95 =3.541573 
 
 log 2894 . 17 2 = 6 . 923046 DF = 3076 . 86 
 
 log 35.865 = 1.554671 AF=2894.17 
 
 8.477717 AD= 182.69 
 
 log 31.732 = 1.501502 
 
 EF=3479.95 
 2)6.976215 CF=3273.32 
 
 log 3076.86 =3.488107 EC = 206.63 
 
 BC = 308.85 1-2 = 1108.73 12-13 = 259.04 
 
 EC = 206. 63 BE = 514.48 AD = 182.69 
 
 BE = 514.48 E-2 = 1623.21 12-D = 441.73 
 
 Another method of working this problem is as follows: 
 The area of the quadrilateral ADCE has been found as in 
 the previous figuring. The following formula will give the 
 altitude:
 
 MINERAL, LAND SURVEYING. 193 
 
 Let x = altitude 
 
 Let K = cot E cot A 
 
 Let A = area of ADCE (4.135 acres = 180,033 sq.ft.) 
 
 Let D = 984.09 ft., (line AC) 
 
 x = -f V2AK+D i 
 
 K\ 
 
 nat cot 59 07' = . 59809 log 984.09 = 2.9930348 
 
 nat cot 76 05' = .24778 log to square = 2.9930348 
 
 K = .35031 log 968433 . 12 = 5 . 9860696 
 
 x = ( V2xl80033x . 35031+968433 . 12984 . 09) 
 
 .35031 
 
 log 200= 0.3010300 126135.00 
 
 log 180033.00= 5.2553533 D'= 968433. 12 
 
 log 0.35031 = 1.5444525 
 
 1094678.12 
 log 126,135= 5.1008358 
 
 The square root of 1,094,678.12 is found as follows: 
 log 1094678.12 = 6.0392436 1046.21 
 
 2)6.0392436 
 
 3.0196218 =log 1046.21 
 
 log 62.12= 1.793231 
 
 log .35031 = 1.544452 
 
 log 177.33= 2. 248779 = x 
 
 In the right triangle ADo, we have Do = 177.33 feet, the 
 angle D= 70 21' 56 26' = 13 55'. 
 
 log 177.33 = 2.248779 log 177.32 = 2.248779 
 
 log tan 13 55' = 9. 394073 log cos 13 55' = 9.987061 
 
 log 43.94 = 1.642852 log 182.69 = 2.261718 
 
 It is seen here that line AD, 182.69, checks with the 
 
 former work. 
 
 In the right triangle CEn, we have Cn = 177.33 feet, and 
 
 the angle E = 3907'.
 
 194 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 log 177.33 = 2.248779 log 177.33 = 2.248779 
 
 log cot 59 07' = 9 . 776769 log sin 59 07' = 9 . 933596 
 
 log 106.06 = 2.025548 log 206.62 = 2.315183 
 
 Line CE, 206.62, also checks line CE in the first method. 
 
 984. 09 = AC 
 43.94 = Ao 
 
 106.06 = nE 
 
 1046.21 = DE 
 
 Calculation of Lode Line. 
 
 Given the boundaries of a claim, calculate a lode line 
 parallel to the side lines, and the points at which the lode 
 line intersects the end lines. No point on the lode line to 
 be in excess of 150 feet from either side line. Lode line 
 to be 1,500 feet long. 
 
 Fig. 35. 
 
 The boundaries are as follows: Beginning at Cor. No. 
 1, thence E. 702 ft. to Cor. No. 2; thence S. 58 E. 800 ft. 
 to Cor. No. 3; thence S. 30 W. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 4; 
 thence N. 58 W. 800 ft. to Cor. No. 5; thence W. 702 ft. 
 to Cor. No. 6; thence N. 30 E. 300 ft. to Cor. No. 1, the
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 195 
 
 place of beginning. (See Fig. 35, which shows conditions 
 necessarily greatly exaggerated.) The side b is drawn 
 parallel to the end lines in the triangle whose sides are 
 a, b and c. 
 
 800+a+702 c = 1500 
 1502+a c = 1500 
 c a = 2 
 
 a sin 88 
 
 c = 
 
 sin 60 
 
 a sin 88 
 sin 60 
 
 a sin 88* a sin 60 = 2 sin 60 
 2 sin 60 
 
 sin 60= .86603 
 2 
 
 1.73206 
 
 sin 88'= .99939 
 sin 60= .86603 
 
 Bin 88 sin 60 
 
 log 1.73206= 0.238698 
 log .13336 = 1.125023 
 
 log 12.99= 1.113673 
 
 .13336 
 
 In the triangle whose side a we have found to be 12.99, 
 the sides b and c are found as follows: 
 
 sin 60 : 12. 99 = sin 32 : ? 
 sin 60 : 12. 99 = sin 88* : ? 
 
 log 12.99 = 1.113673 
 
 log sin 32 =9. 724210 
 colog sin 60 =0.062469 
 
 log 12.99 = 1.113673 
 
 log sin 88 =9. 999735 
 colog sin 60 = 0.062469 
 
 log 
 
 7.95 = 0.900352 
 
 log 
 
 14.99 = 1.175877 
 
 800+12 . 99+702 14 . 99 = 1500 = lode line
 
 196 
 
 800. 
 12.99 
 
 812.99 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 702. 
 14.99 
 
 687.01 
 
 687.01 
 812.99 
 
 1500.00 
 
 The distance of the lode line at its intersection with 
 line 6-1 is found to be 157.95 feet from Cor. No. 6. and 
 142.05 feet from Cor. No. 1, by adding the distance 7.95 
 feet (b) in one case, and subtracting in the other, to and 
 irom 150 feet. 
 
 In the triangle DEL draw DB perpendicular to the side 
 line. Multiplying the side LD (157.95) by the sine of the 
 angle L, 60, we get the distance of the lode line from line 
 5-6, which is 136.80 feet. 
 
 S7S9.46' 
 
 Fig 36.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 197 
 
 Subdivision of Section. 
 
 Given the boundaries of a section (Fig. 36) to deter- 
 mine the boundaries of the S.E. % of the N.W. %, the S. % 
 of the N.E. % and the N.E. % of the S.E. % sections. 
 
 S. 86 17' E. 5735.7 feet. 
 N. 3 33' 30" W. 5439.2 feet. 
 N. 78 43' 30" W. 2792.8 feet. 
 N. 89 28' 30" W. 2759.46 feet. 
 S. 1 19' E. 2812.1 feet. 
 S. 058' E. 2817.4 feet. 
 
 General Figuring. 
 
 In Fig. 37 we have an example of a problem given the 
 writer in his examination for a commission as United 
 States Deputy Mineral Surveyor. Given the data shown in 
 the figure, calculate boundaries of St. Louis Lode, (cut- 
 
 Sun No.9666 ST. Louis LODE 
 
 PUCGLO LAND Di 
 Jofm nee tf ft.'ctvnv Roe .
 
 198 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 ting off at intersection of end line with Sur. No. 8556 Den- 
 ver Lode), section tie directly, ties to conflicting claims, 
 and conflicts in each case, also ties to improvements. Then 
 write up the notes, giving imaginary bearings from cor- 
 ners and imaginary dimensions to improvements. Do not 
 exclude Surs. Nos. 8733 and 8853 New York and Chicago 
 lodes, and state why. 
 
 South Dakota.* 
 
 Following is a partial list of questions asked in South 
 Dakota: 
 
 1. I run 360 feet on a descent of 1 foot in 15 feet, 
 thence 240 feet on an ascent of 11 from the horizontal, 
 thence 400 feet on a descent of 1 foot in 16 feet, thence 
 250 feet up an ascent of 35. 
 
 Required total horizontal distance, also difference of 
 level of the initial and terminal points. State a full solu- 
 tion with sketch. 
 
 2. From initial point I run S. 12 E. 650 feet, and am 
 intercepted by a pond. From 650-foot point I run S. 82 E., 
 a distance sufficient to clear pond, thence S. 28 W. 420 
 feet to flag on line in advance of pond, thence S. 12 E. 460 
 feet to terminal point. 
 
 Required the length of line from initial to terminal 
 point. State a full solution with sketch. 
 
 3. I run S. 38 E. and at 380 feet turn off a base N. 
 82 E. 520 feet, from the eastern extremity of which a flag 
 on line in advance of river bears S. 8 E. 
 
 What is the distance of flag from initial point? State 
 a full solution with sketch. 
 
 4. Course No. 2 of Delta mining claim is broken into 
 by a rock bluff, unfavorable to accurate chainage. To ob- 
 tain the bearing and length of this line, I run from one 
 
 *These questions kindly furnished by Prof. Mark Ehle, 
 Rapid City, South Dakota.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 199 
 
 extremity on a random line S. 28 E. 610 feet, thence N. 
 82 E. 260 feet, thence S. 12 W. to a point which from the 
 data so far obtained I find to be on my random line; thence 
 
 1 continue the first random 340 feet further and arrive at 
 a point from which the other extremity of said course No. 
 
 2 bears S. 62* W., 110 feet distant. 
 
 What is the bearing and length of course No. 2? What 
 angle do I deflect from the course S. 12 W. in order to 
 line in with the first random? State , full solution with 
 sketch. 
 
 5. The two extremities of a straight line forming a 
 portion of the boundary of a mining claim are not con- 
 veniently accessible, but a convenient base can be had, 
 from each extremity of which both extremities of said 
 boundary can be seen. 
 
 1st. Illustrate this condition with sketch. 
 
 2nd. State the measurements, both linear and 
 angular, which are absolutely essential to a solution. 
 
 3rd. State briefly the trigonometric solution and 
 their respective purposes, with their respective 
 formulae. 
 
 4th. Trace the process to a final resulting course 
 and distance. 
 
 A numerical example is not asked. 
 
 6. State a convenient formula applicable to what is 
 known as a "broken base," using the number of minutes 
 in the deflection angle of the second component. 
 
 7. Given the following consecutive courses of a mining 
 claim: 
 
 From Cor. No. 1 to Cor. No. 2, = S. 28 40' W. 503 feet; 
 From Cor. No. 2 to Cor. No. 3, = N. 70 30' W. 476 feet; 
 From Cor. No. 3 to Cor. No. 4, = N. 9 35' E. 485 feet; 
 From Cor. No. 4 to Cor. No. o, = ? 343 feet; 
 
 From Cor. No. 5 to Cor. No. l. = N. 79 50' E. ? feet.
 
 230 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 1st. Required bearing of line 4-5 and length of line 
 5-1. 
 
 2nd. If by actual survey of all the sides, it is found 
 that the line 5-1 is N. 79 55' E. 395 feet, state a traverse 
 showing the closing errors; then 
 
 3rd. Balance the survey on the assumption that the 
 measurements have equal weights. 
 
 4th. Deduce the resulting courses and distances of the 
 closing survey for record. 
 
 5th. Compute the area of the figure so enclosed, by 
 the method of D. M. D. State full solution with sketch. 
 
 8. An incline descends on a dip of 30. It is determined 
 to sink a shaft to intercept incline, the shaft to be at a 
 point 450 feet from mouth of incline; the surface from 
 mouth to shaft descending at a rate of 1 foot in 75. 
 
 How deep will the shaft be? 
 
 9. What is azimuth? 
 
 10. Observe Polaris at greatest elongation at a place in 
 latitude 45 30' N. Apparent of the star is 88 44' 10". 
 
 What is the star's azimuth? 
 
 State the formula and whole process. 
 
 What are the two hour angles corresponding to east- 
 ern and western elongations respectively, counting from 
 culmination, round with the sun to 24 hours, and their 
 equivalents in mean solar time? 
 
 11. If in the last example the star is observed at east- 
 ern elongation and its magnetic bearing at that instant is 
 N. 13 20' W., 
 
 What is the magnetic declination? 
 Is it to be called East or West? 
 State process and reason therefor. 
 
 12. U. S. Revised Statutes (2320) limit lode claims 
 located after May 10, 1872, to 300 feet on each side of 
 the middle of the vein at the surface; suppose you were 
 called upon to make an official survey of such a location 
 .under order from this office, and found it to be 350 feet
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 201 
 
 on each side of the middle of the vein at the surface, and 
 you found nothing in the location certificate to dictate to 
 the contrary; what would be your action in respect to 
 such a location? Why? Suppose such a location was 200 
 feet on one side of the vein and 400 feet on the other; 
 what would your action be? Why? 
 
 13. A lode claim located since May 10, 1872, shows a 
 length of 1,529 feet along the center of the vein at the 
 surface. What would be your action in this case? Why? 
 
 14. The boundaries of a lode location have the follow- 
 ing consecutive courses, namely: 
 
 S. 42 W. 800 feet; 
 S. 22 W. 600 feet; 
 N. 80 W. 90 feet; 
 S. 62 W. 200 feet; 
 N. 22 E. 600 feet; 
 N. 42 E. 800 feet; 
 N. 62 E. 190 feet; thence to place of beginning. 
 
 What would your action be on this location if required 
 to make an official survey? Why? 
 
 15. I run N. 89 56' W. on a random line between Sees. 
 30 and 31, and at 73.20 chains intersect the west boundary 
 of township at a point 22 links north of the corner of Sees. 
 25, 30, 31 and 36. 
 
 1st. What is the course of the return or true line? 
 
 2nd. The position of the % section corner? 
 
 3rd. State a short rule for obtaining the return course 
 in these cases, applicable when the fallings are within 
 limits, and apply to the above case. 
 
 16. An order to officially survey a mineral claim is 
 issued to you from this office under date March 12, 1900; 
 said order is based upon a location certificate dated Janu- 
 ary 10, 1899. Upon proceeding with survey, you find the 
 location as marked on the ground does not conform to 
 the location as recorded, and upon informing your client
 
 202 MINERAL. LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 to that effect he provides you with a certified amended' 
 certificate of location dated March 30, 1900. 
 
 What action would you take in the matter of survey? 
 
 17. Describe fully your instrument, stating its make, 
 age and condition; also its capabilities as to power, illu- 
 mination and graduation, and its attachments of conveni- 
 ence for safe and accurate work. 
 
 What measure of length have you? 
 
 18. If your telescope has a level, state briefly in writ- 
 ing how you would adjust it and the horizontal hair. 
 
 19. The usual method for adjusting the vertical hair in 
 a transit for collimation, may or may not place that hair 
 truly in the center of the telescope. In a well constructed 
 instrument the displacement will be small; in such case, 
 what sensible effect has this displacement upon observa- 
 tions, seeing that the motion of the slide will not project 
 this hair truly along the axis of the telescope? 
 
 20. It is required that you determine the true meridian 
 by direct solar observation. You will make the observa- 
 tion in the presence of the examiner, who will then fur- 
 nish you with a copy of the nautical almanac. From the 
 data then at hand you will make all necessary calcula- 
 tions, handing in the same complete. 
 
 21. In latitude 30* N. the sun's declination 20 S. with 
 hour angle '5 hours; the refraction in declination is 8' 50". 
 
 Assuming no index error, which would be the correct 
 reading to set off on the declination arc, proper for the 
 above date? 
 
 22. In latitude 44* N. the hour angle of the sun 6 hours; 
 I start a line due north by solar; but find after running a 
 mile in the course so started, that I have set off 6' too 
 much latitude. 
 
 What is the nature and amount of error in course thus 
 induced? 
 
 If in the above the hour angle is 3 hours, what is the- 
 nature and amount of error?
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 203 
 
 If the latitude is correctly set off, but instead of a 
 declination of 10 S. I set off 10 10' S,, the hour angle 
 of the sun being 3 hours, what then is the nature and 
 amount of the error thus introduced? 
 
 State, if you can, the differential formulae applicable 
 to these cases. 
 
 California.* 
 
 The customary manner of appointment in this and the 
 adjoining states is as follows: 
 
 "The surveyor who wishes an appointment, makes ap- 
 plication to the Surveyor General, detailing his qualifi- 
 cations. This application, together with the recommenda- 
 tion from some Deputy Mineral Surveyor of good standing 
 within that district, is then forwarded to the Surveyor's 
 General Ofllce, and in due time the appointment is made. 
 The customary filing of the bonds complete the appoint- 
 ment of the U. S. Deputy. 
 
 If the Deputy desire an appointment in any other state 
 or territory, I have found that a recommendation from the 
 Surveyor General of the state in which the original ap- 
 pointment was made was all that was necessary to ob- 
 tain a commission in any additional state or territory. Of 
 course new and separate bonds must be filed for each 
 state or territory in which commission is held." 
 
 Orcgon-t 
 
 The examination in Oregon is about as follows: 
 1. Fifteen or twenty questions covering the Land Office 
 rulings, the proper markings for corners of government 
 land surveys, the methods of taking latitude by the sun 
 and Polaris, the maximum number of acres allowed in 
 quartz claim, placer and mill site, the kind of corners 
 
 *Kindness of Henry J. Jory, Los Angeles, California. 
 tFrom H. G. Moulton, U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor,. 
 Grants Pass, Oregon.
 
 204 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 which may be set in making patent surveys, and various 
 details of procedure in executing such surveys. 
 
 2. Given the notes of a quartz claim (metes, bounds 
 and ties) and the location of the same, make out notes 
 and preliminary plat of same as if surveyed for patent. 
 This requires the same work to be done that a Deputy 
 would have to do in making out his office work of such a 
 survey. 
 
 3. Given the plat of the locations of four claims form- 
 ing one group, and overlapping each other, with a section 
 corner located on one of the center ones, (this plat is fur- 
 nished by the Surveyor General), make out notes of a sur- 
 vey for U. S. patent of the group, with plat, calculations, 
 etc. The claims are given on the plat furnished as longer 
 than 1,500 feet and wider than 600 feet, so there is a test 
 of ability in getting them within the required limits and 
 at the same time not leave any fractions. 
 
 4. An instrumental examination. Applicant is required 
 to take a transit and determine latitude and meridian by 
 sun and Polaris, checking upon an established meridian, 
 and also to report the courses from a given point to a 
 number of points whose bearing is known. 
 
 Parts 2 and 3 are severe tests of applicant's ability, 
 and the examination as a whole is an exceedingly thor- 
 ough one. It is the aim of the office to get the best avail- 
 able men of the state as deputies, and the examination is 
 in every way a fair one and free from "catch" questions. 
 
 While this is all the information that the writer has 
 been able to obtain on the subject of examinations for 
 commission as U. S. Deputy Mineral Surveyor, it is safe 
 to say that in no state is the examination more difficult 
 than in Colorado or Oregon. If the applicant is able to 
 pass the examination in either of these two states, the 
 chances are that he will be able to pass in any state where 
 an examination is held.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 The following contributed remarks were submitted by 
 a number of engineers and deputies, and appeared in Min- 
 ing Reporter in discussion of the general subject of Min- 
 eral Land Surveying, while this work was appearing in 
 that journal. 
 
 Editor Mining Reporter: 
 
 Dear Sir The writer has been greatly interested in 
 your series of articles on Mineral Land Surveying and begs 
 to add a few thoughts on the subject: 
 
 The formula which Mr. Moulton proposes in place of 
 the one most generally used would scarcely appear to the 
 writer to be an improvement. It is rarely that the deputy 
 surveyor requires time exactly, but should he desire it he 
 has simply to transpose Mr. MacElroy's formula as follows: 
 
 sin a 
 
 cos P = tan d tan 1. 
 
 cos d cos 1 
 
 Here he is using exactly the same data as in his calcula- 
 tions for azimuth and looking the angles up on the same 
 line in the logarithm tables. The only additional labor in 
 calculation for time is in setting down the figures. The 
 writer used for many years a formula similar to that pro- 
 posed by Mr. Moulton, but found that more mistakes were 
 made during the repeated subtractions than at any other 
 stage in the operation. Mr. MacElroy's formula is un- 
 doubtedly the simplest so far advanced, especially when 
 many observations are figured at the same time, and be- 
 ing the simplest would seem to be least liable to error.. 
 
 T. C. H.
 
 206 
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Editor Mining Reporter: 
 
 Dear Sir In the January 4th number of Mining Re- 
 porter Mr. Underbill, in his article on "Mineral Land Sur- 
 veying," recommends the use of a pair of parallel pliers to 
 hold the long tape taut and to mark the distance to the 
 axis of the instrument until this measurement can be made 
 and recorded, which makes it necessary for the already 
 overloaded transit man to carry these pliers which are 
 none too light nor convenient in his pocket, and their only 
 advantage over the old method of putting the tape over the 
 shoulder to obtain the necessary pull seems to me to be 
 the fact that they mark the exact distance to the tele- 
 scope axis. For some time I have used as a tape marker 
 a clothes pin arrangement whittled out of two pieces of 
 wood and shaped something like this : 
 
 They are held together by a small rubber band passed 
 several times around botb. at a-a which furnishes the neces- 
 sary tension to clamp the marker firmly on the tape, and 
 when not in use it can be clamped for convenience on 
 the watch chain or leather string holding magnifying glass.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 207 
 
 This little affair has the added advantage of lightness, can 
 be whittled out in a few moments, and is very convenient 
 to clamp on the tape when a number of measurements of 
 even length are to be made from the same point. 
 
 OLD PERPLEXITY. 
 
 Editor Mining Reporter: 
 
 Dear Sir In connection with Mr. Underbill's articles 
 on "Mineral Land Surveying," I wish to present another 
 method of reducing slopes of small vertical angles as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Suppose we have vertical angle of 7 45' and a slope 
 distance of 292.4 feet. From a table of natural cosines 
 we find cos 7 45' = .99087. This means that in 100 feet 
 slope measurement the horizontal component is .913 feet 
 less. (Simply move decimal point and subtract each 
 integer from 9., etc.) For all practical purposes, now, the 
 distance to be subtracted from 292.4 feet is 2.9x.913 or 
 even 2.9x.91 or 2.65. 292.42.65=289.75 feet=horizontal. 
 By logarithms 
 
 log 29.2.4 = 2.4659774 
 
 log cos 7 45' = 9.9960149 
 
 log 289.73 =-- 2.4619923 
 
 Ordinarily very little figuring is required, as in most 
 cases the work can be done mentally. H. J. A. 
 
 DIRECT SOLAR OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 Method of Determining the True Meridian. 
 
 Mr. Underbill's late articles on the direct solar observa- 
 tion are of great value to the profession, and have been 
 followed by me with a good deal of interest. 
 
 In connecting surveys for patent with adjacent mineral 
 surveys, a deputy usually finds in the older surveys alarm- 
 ing discrepancies in the reported courses. This is espe- 
 cially true of the older surveys, made at a time when
 
 208 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 solar attachments were not as reliable as at present, and 
 of surveys made during the winter months. 
 
 There are certain mathematical principles which lie at 
 the base of astronomical calculations, which must be kept 
 in mind in making observations on either sun or stars. 
 The neglect of one of these is, I think, responsible for most 
 of the errors found in reported bearings derived from solar 
 attachment or direct solar observations. 
 
 As pointed out by Mr. Underbill, the formula used for 
 calculating a bearing from an observed altitude of a heav- 
 enly body, the latitude and declination being known, is 
 merely a matter of finding one angle of a spherical tri- 
 angle, the three sides being given. The writer uses a dif- 
 ferent formula from the one given by Mr. Underbill, as 
 this formula also gives the true local mean solar time, by 
 which the watch may be corrected and used in Polaris 
 observations. The formula is as follows: 
 
 Let D be the declination of the sun. 
 
 Let H be the altitude (corrected for refraction). 
 
 Let L be the latitude of the place. 
 Then (paying due attention to algebraic signs) : 
 
 a = 90 -D 
 
 b = 90 H s = i/ 2 (a+b+c) 
 
 C =z90 L 
 From these find the auxiliary quantity k as follows: 
 
 / sin s 
 
 /- 
 
 Vsin(s-a)sin(s-b)sin(s-c) 
 
 Let A be the bearing of the sun (measured from the 
 north point) and T the actual hour angle. 
 Then 
 
 cot y 2 A = kxsin(s-a) 
 cot 1/2 T = kxsin(s-b) 
 
 The angle A subtracted from 180 gives the bearing of 
 the sun at the moment of observation, and the angle T,
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 209 
 
 reduced from degrees to hours and minutes, gives the local 
 apparent solar time. By applying the equation of time 
 given in the ephemeris the mean time of the observation 
 is readily found. 
 
 All other formulas, and also a solar attachment in per- 
 fect adjustment, which is a mechanical device for solving 
 the same problem, will, from the same data, give the same 
 result and are subject to the same errors. 
 
 In northern latitudes, when the sun has a declination 
 south of the equator, or when it is observed near the 
 meridian, the angle (s-a) used in the foregoing formula 
 becomes very small, and an error of a few seconds in it 
 will make a difference of several minutes In the final re- 
 sult. As (s-a) Is derived from the declination, the alti- 
 tude and the latitude, it is apt to be in error a minute or 
 more, since both the altitude and the latitude may be In 
 error by as much as a minute with even the best of field 
 transits used on mineral work. 
 
 After calculating sun observations at different times of 
 the day through all seasons of several years, the writer 
 finds the most favorable result to be obtained by taking 
 the sun when due east or due west with an altitude of 
 25 to 45 above the horizon. The time of the year when 
 this is possible depends upon the latitude. If any deputy 
 doubts the foregoing statements let him observe the sun 
 at 3 p. m., when it has a declination of 10 to 20 (south 
 of the equator) , then change his declination and latitude 
 by 1' each and note the result of the new observation. 
 The statement is true of either direct observation or solar 
 attachment readings. 
 
 The writer prefers to check Polaris bearings by a fixed 
 star chosen so that it will be at a convenient point for 
 observation during the months when the sun bearings are 
 not reliable. The fixed stars are more easily and accurately 
 observed than the sun at any time of the year, and as 
 they can be observed at night, do not interfere with the
 
 210 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 day's work. It is to be regretted, from an astronomical 
 standpoint, that the government requires solar observations 
 invariably, and will not allow a star to be used instead, as 
 even with any type of telescope solar attachments, observa- 
 tions can be more accurately made upon a star than upon 
 the sun. 
 
 Very satisfactory results may be obtained by observing 
 the altitude of some northern star such as those in the 
 constellations Cassiopeia, Ursa Major or Auriga, when 
 near their elongation. The formula used in making the 
 calculations is the same as is used in calculating sun ob- 
 servations, or a Shattuck solar attachment may be used 
 to advantage. The writer has found the Shattuck solar 
 the most convenient for use in star observations, since 
 its adjustments are only those of the transit, and has found 
 its accuracy to compare very favorably with direct observa- 
 tions, though subject, of course, to the mathematical prin- 
 ciples pointed out in the foregoing paragraphs. 
 
 H. G. MOULTON. 
 
 THE PATENTING OF MINERAL LAND. 
 
 The layman who desires to secure United States patent 
 on his mining property is not always cognizant of the 
 proper procedure and approximate expense involved and 
 frequently either delays action, fearing that the matter Is 
 more formidable than it really is, or else takes unwar- 
 ranted steps due to his ignorance of all the conditions in- 
 volved. The following forms have been devised by me 
 with a view of obviating the above mentioned difficulties 
 and I claim that they put the matter of patents in as con- 
 cise and at the same time as complete a form as the laity 
 can desire.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 211 
 
 Preliminary Steps in the Obtainance of United States Pat- 
 ent to Mineral Claims. 
 
 1. Obtain from the county recorder a certified copy 
 of the location notice of each claim upon which patent is 
 sought. 
 
 2. Deposit in any United States depository to the credit 
 of the treasurer of the United States a sum sufficient to 
 cover the expenses of the work in the surveyors-general 
 
 office. In this state this is $ * for lode claims, and 
 
 $ * for placers, with reduction for groups. 
 
 3. Forward the certified copies of location notices, to- 
 gether with the duplicate certificate of deposit to the United 
 
 States surveyor-general at together 
 
 with an application for official survey upon a blank issued 
 by the general land office for this purpose, a copy of which 
 may be had at this office. 
 
 4. In due time the surveyor-general issues to the dep- 
 uty named in the application a survey order, in which a 
 serial number is given to the particular survey authorized. 
 This is the deputy's warrant for entering upon any lands 
 necessary in order to make the survey. No survey is offi- 
 cial unless in pursuance of an order from the surveyor- 
 general of the district. 
 
 5. The United States deputy mineral surveyor desig- 
 nated thereupon makes a complete survey of the premises, 
 locating and fixing the corners of all the claims, locating 
 the discovery points, all the shafts, cuts, tunnels, build- 
 ings, and machinery, with reference to the nearest corner 
 of the claim. Also runs ties to the nearest section cor- 
 ners, or % section corners, or if upon unsurveyed land, 
 then to the nearest mineral monument. Assistants must 
 be sworn in to faithful service both before and after the 
 survey, before an officer qualified to administer oaths. 
 Neither the claimants themselves, nor agents thereof, may 
 act as assistants in mineral surveys. An underground sur- 
 vey must generally be made in order to plat the same upon
 
 212 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 the map, in plan only. All cornerstones or posts must be 
 up to government standard, and chiseled or scribed with 
 the claim initials, number of corner and survey number. 
 
 6. Plat and Field Notes from the Deputy to the Sur- 
 veyor-General. These very commonly take double the time 
 of the actual field work, as they must be prepared with 
 absolute accuracy and fidelity to detail as required by the 
 department. They must show, in addition to the data pre- 
 viously mentioned, the distances intersected on all the sec- 
 tion lines, complete calculation of areas by double meridian 
 distances, the sectional subdivisions made fractional, the 
 errors found in previous contiguous surveys, and many 
 other minor details. 
 
 7. Examination of the Above by the Surveyor-General. 
 The returns by the deputy must await their turn in the 
 surveyor's-general office before coming up for approval. 
 This may take two or three months, or longer. The re- 
 turns are then examined by a skilled force of clerks and 
 deputies, all calculations, ties, boundaries, intersections, 
 etc., are rechecked, and the notes and plat searched for 
 irregularities. If any are found, the notes are returned to 
 the deputy for correction, and when again received, must 
 generally await their turn for approval. In extreme cases 
 it has taken several years to obtain the approval of a 
 survey. Three months is above the average time. 
 
 8. Upon the approval of the survey, the surveyor- 
 general prepares an approved copy of the plat for each 
 claim in the survey, and three extra copies. One copy is 
 retained, one forwarded to the general land office at Wash- 
 ington, one to the local land office, and the others, with as 
 many transcripts of the field notes, are returned to the 
 claimants. Each plat contains the official approval of the 
 surveyor-general and his certificate of $500 improvements, 
 as returned by the deputy. 
 
 Upon receipt by the claimants or their attorneys of the 

 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 213 
 
 plats and transcripts, the matter is in shape for the patent 
 
 application proper. 
 
 Method of Procedure in Patent Applications for Lode 
 
 Claims. 
 
 Upon receipt of the approved plats and transcript of 
 notes from the surveyor-general, these are turned over to 
 the attorney engaged to prepare the necessary papers in 
 the case. (United States deputy mineral surveyors are 
 not allowed by the rules of the department to act as attor- 
 neys in mineral cases.) 
 
 1. There is prepared the notice of application for 
 United States patent, according to the specified form, de- 
 scribing the ground claimed. This is prepared in triplicate, 
 and one copy attached to the plat and transcript of notes, 
 is at once posted on the claim in the presence of two wit- 
 nesses. 
 
 These witnesses then subscribe to this posting before 
 notary public, in the form proof of posting notice and the 
 diagram on the claim. They also attach their names as 
 witnesses to the notice of application for patent. (In the 
 case of groups it is customary and safest to post a notice 
 and plat at discovery point of each claim.) 
 
 2. There is then prepared by the attorney the following 
 papers constituting the first set. 
 
 Application for patent in regular form and describing 
 premises. 
 
 The abstract of title. (This must be shown to be in 
 applicant.) 
 
 The proof of citizenship. (Affidavits showing applicant 
 to be United States citizen.) 
 
 Proof of non-abandonment, i. e., that assessment work 
 was done for year preceding the application. 
 
 Agreement of publisher. (That he will not hold United 
 States responsible for costs.) 
 
 Publication notice. (This is identical with notice of ap- 
 plication for patent, except that it is not signed by appli-
 
 2U MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 cant, but left blank for signature of the register of the 
 district. 
 
 3. These papers, together with the extra plat, tran- 
 script of notes, and the proof of posting, are then filed with 
 the register of the land district, who attaches his signature 
 and the serial number to the publication notice, and either 
 delivers same to the attorney or forwards it direct to the 
 printer. 
 
 4. This publication notice is published for sixty-one 
 consecutive days in a daily or nine consecutive times in 
 a weekly newspaper. During this time plats, notices and 
 transcripts must remain posted. 
 
 5. After expiration of period of publication, attorney 
 prepares the second set of papers, as follows: 
 
 Proof of continuous posting (by two witnesses before 
 notary) . 
 
 Proof of publication. Certificate from the publisher, 
 giving dates and number of times published. 
 
 Proof of no suit pending, attested by clerk of county 
 wherein claims exist. 
 
 Proof of sums paid. Made by applicant, detailing 
 amounts paid to deputy, the filing fees, publisher's ac- 
 count, and amount tendered received for acreage. Formal 
 application to purchase. 
 
 The filing of this paper completes the requisites of 
 entry and payment and the register's proof of posting no- 
 tice, and final certificate of entry completes the patent 
 application. 
 
 All papers except a copy of the plat are forwarded by 
 the local land oflice to the department at Washington and 
 patent issues within one year, except in cases of over- 
 crowding the department. 
 
 No assessment work need be done after the issuance of 
 the receiver's receipt. 
 
 The government price for lode claims is $5 for each 
 acre or fraction thereof.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 215 
 
 All affidavits must be made before an officer legally 
 qualified to administer oaths, and with few minor excep- 
 tions must be made within the land district. 
 
 A corporation may apply, if its citizenship is properly 
 supported. Alien corporations may not patent and sums 
 paid by them are forfeited. 
 
 Time required to obtain receiver's receipt, six to eight 
 months after survey. 
 
 Any other details desired can be supplied. 
 Deputy's Estimate to Claimant. 
 
 As per request, I am pleased to submit you a detailed 
 estimate of the minimum cost of obtaining United States 
 
 patent to the following mining claims, viz.: 
 
 together with a general statement of the method of pro- 
 cedure, which may serve to guide you in the matter. 
 
 1. ( ) Certified copies of the location notices one 
 
 for each claim to be obtained from the county recorder 
 
 at t and forwarded to the United 
 
 States surveyor-general at t together 
 
 with an application for official survey, drawn up on a spe- 
 cial blank, which can be furnished by this office. This 
 must be signed with the name and address of applicant 
 or his attorney. $ * 
 
 2. This application must be accompanied by a certifi- 
 cate of deposit from any bank, designated as a United 
 States depository, showing that there has been deposited 
 by the claimant, to the credit of the treasurer of the 
 United States, a sum sufficient to cover the cost of office 
 work on plats, transcripts, etc., in the surveyor's-genernl 
 
 office. In this state the cost is $ * for the first 
 
 claim, and $ * for each successive claim or frac- 
 tion. Total, $ * 
 
 No survey order will be issued unless money is de- 
 posited and unless application is accompanied by satisfac- 
 tory location certificates. (See special sheet in regard 
 thereto.)
 
 216 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 3. Official survey by United States deputy, including 
 all expenses for traveling, assistants, incidentals, notary 
 fees (all assistants appearing twice under oath in addition 
 to their affidavit of improvements), also all office work on 
 plats and field notes, and full returns to the surveyor- 
 general until the final approval of the survey. $ * 
 
 4. Attorney work, preparation of the patent application 
 and all papers in the case, as listed in the circular entitled 
 "Method of Procedure," including the taking of affidavits 
 and all notary fees. $ * 
 
 5. Abstract of title, as shown by the records of the 
 county recorder, cost depends upon number of claims, num- 
 ber of transfers, etc., and is very variable. In this case 
 about $ * 
 
 6. Publication of the notice of application for patent. 
 This must be advertised in the nearest newspaper to the 
 claim, satisfactory to or designated by the register of the 
 local land office. Amount charged is very variable and is 
 
 a matter for special contract. About $ * Sixty-one 
 
 consecutive days in daily, or nine consecutive weeks. 
 
 7. Fees for filing application for patent at the district 
 
 land office, in this case at 
 
 Payment must be made to the receiver when first set of 
 papers are filed. $ * 
 
 8. Proof of posting plats, etc., and proof that plats, 
 etc., have remained posted. Two witnesses must in each 
 case subscribe to these affidavits. Cost is very variable, 
 depending on distance witnesses must cover in going to 
 claim and to notary. About $ * 
 
 9. Certificate of no suit pending, proof of non-abandon- 
 ment, proofs of sums paid, and miscellaneous affidavits, if 
 necessary. About $ * 
 
 10. Purchase price from United States government for 
 the land. Amount to be paid to the receiver of the district 
 land office by the claimant for the acreage as returned by 
 the deputy. Fractional acres are charged as full acres.
 
 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 217 
 
 Rate is $5 per acre for lode claims and millsites, and $2.50 
 
 per acre for placers. About acres 
 
 at $ * 
 
 Estimated total, $ * 
 
 If any adverses or protests be filed, costs are at once 
 increased largely, and no approximate estimates can be 
 made. 
 
 Notation to Accompany Deputy's Estimate. 
 
 Many of the ordinary location notices upon which claims 
 are held are not deemed "sufficient" by the surveyor-gen- 
 eral, and survey orders will not be issued upon them with- 
 out amendment. 
 
 Satisfactory location certificates must in general be 
 drawn up after a certain recognized government form, and 
 state with great explicitness the locality and boundaries 
 of the claim. The surveyor-general is authorized to refuse 
 survey orders on notices that are vague, indefinite, faulty, 
 or that will not serve to fix the boundaries of the claim 
 upon the public domain. 
 
 Furthermore, the deputy is expressly prohibited from 
 including any ground outside of the original boundaries 
 of the claim, even though said ground may be vacant at 
 the time of survey, and neither side line may be over 300 
 feet distant from the middle of the vein at the surface. 
 Any attempt to evade these requirements will probably 
 cause a disapproval of the survey, or if successfully evaded 
 in the plat and field notes, the entire application is subject 
 to protest and cancellation in the land office. 
 
 This last requirement, together with the well-recognized 
 principle that the end lines must be made parallel, often 
 serves to cut off ground from the claim which can not be 
 included in the patent application. 
 
 Very often this ground is valuable and must be made 
 the subject of another survey and application, with its 
 attendant cost. 
 
 It is, therefore, generally advisable, in all cases where
 
 218 MINERAL LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 claims have not already been surveyed for amended loca- 
 tion, to first make a preliminary survey of the claims, 
 taking up all fractions and vacant ground, shifting the 
 original locations, if necessary, so that the side lines and 
 discovery point present the proper relations to each other. 
 Formal amended certificates are then filed, disposing of 
 the ground in exactly the manner desired in the patent. A 
 survey order may be at once obtained from these certifi- 
 cates and a survey based upon such re-location generally 
 meets with prompt approval. 
 
 None whatever of the original rights are lost by this 
 amendment, but, on the contrary, this simple procedure 
 does away with nearly all of the protests, adverses, apex 
 litigation, and other difficulties attendant upon the exer- 
 cise of mining rights. 
 
 H. J. JORY. 
 
 *To be filled in in accordance with the list of charges 
 adopted by the surveyors-general in each state or territory. 
 fCounty in which claim is located. 
 tCapitol of state or territory. 
 Land district office in state or territory.
 
 ll 
 
 5s >>i* 
 
 * I 111 
 
 - I ^s 
 
 II 
 
 

 
 77V 
 
 Us 
 
 "* 
 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 Santa Barbara 
 
 
 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW.
 
 I 
 
 c/b